Mark Latham Commodity Equity Intelligence Service

Friday 12 June 2020
Background Stories on www.commodityintelligence.com

News and Views:



Oil









Featured

“In that case,” said Napoleon, “let us wait twenty minutes; when the enemy is making a false movement we must take good care not to interrupt him.”

Never Interfere With an Enemy While He’s in the Process of Destroying Himself

Napoleon Bonaparte? Haley Barbour? Woodrow Wilson?

Dear Quote Investigator: I saw Governor Haley Barbour of Mississippi on television recently and he recited a quotation that he attributed to Napoleon [HBCNN] [HBFOX]:

You know, Napoleon said ‘Never interfere with an enemy while he’s in the process of destroying himself.’

Is this an accurate quote? Could you investigate whether Napoleon actually presented this as military advice?

Quote Investigator: QI was unable to find an exact match for this advice in the 1800s, but QI did find words attributed to Napoleon in an 1836 history book during a discussion of an 1805 battle. These words may have been transformed into the modern maxim. QI also found similar statements made during the past one-hundred and seventy-four years.

Here are several select citations in reverse chronological order. Theodore H. White wrote a series of popular political books called “The Making of the President”. Each title in the series also included the year of a presidential campaign. The book for the 1964 election cycle was published in 1965, and it contains a very close match to the quotation. This book may have helped popularize the quote for the current generation of politicians [MP]:

Never were Republicans denounced as such; the opposition was involved in its own civil war, and the President obeyed Napoleon’s maxim: Never interfere with the enemy when he is in the process of destroying himself.

In 1932 a version of the quote is used by a prominent banker. However, the enemy’s actions are described differently. The phrase “making a mistake” appears instead of “destroying himself” [CEM]:

Russia seems to have adopted a maxim quoted by Charles E. Mitchell, head of New York’s big National City bank, “never interfere with the enemy while he is in the process of making a mistake.”

Ace etymologist Barry Popik pointed out that Woodrow Wilson once included analogous advice in a letter he wrote in 1916 [YQW]:

Never … murder a man who is committing suicide

In 1888 a variant of the quotation is attributed to Napoleon. The phrase “making a mistake” is used instead of the longer clumsier “in the process of making a mistake”. In this case, the older quote is more streamlined than the more recent variant [ABN]:

He who takes up arms against another commonly wounds himself, and the avenger should remember the words of Napoleon, “Never interfere with your enemy when he is making a mistake.”

In 1879 the quote is presented as a “maxim in war” that is unattached to any famous figure. The term “false move” is used instead of “mistake” [AW]:

I assured him that Lee was of more importance to us than Stuart; the latter was in a false position and useless to Lee, and that it was a maxim in war never to interfere with the enemy when he was making a false move.

In 1855 a military book “Considerations on Tactics and Strategy” quotes Napoleon giving advice to his marshals [GT]:

Previous to the commencement (tactically speaking) of the battle of Austerlitz, the allies attempted a flank march in column to turn the right flank of Napoleon. He restrained his marshals, who were eager to attack, saying, “the enemy is making a false move, why should we interrupt him?”

In 1852 a biographical magazine also quotes Napoleon giving advice to his marshals [BM]:

“Then, gentlemen,” said Napoleon, “let us wait a little; when your enemy is executing a false movement, never interrupt him.”

An 1836 multi-volume history book titled “French Revolution” contains a version of the quotation that is similar to the one given in 1852. This history book dates the quotation to a battle in 1805. These words may have been transformed into the modern maxim [FR]:

“In that case,” said Napoleon, “let us wait twenty minutes; when the enemy is making a false movement we must take good care not to interrupt him.”

So the advice does have a long history, and a version has been attributed to Napoleon for more than a century and three-quarters. Thanks for your question.

(This question was inspired by an email from Barry Popik.)

[HBCNN] 2010 June 6, CNN website, State of the Union: Candy Crowley’s Crib Sheet for June 6, Gov. Haley Barbour (R-Mississippi), on “Fox News Sunday”. link

[HBFOX] 2010 June 6, Fox News Sunday Interview with Haley Barbour (R-Mississippi). link

[MP] 1965, The Making of the President 1964‎ by Theodore Harold White, Page 374, Atheneum Publishers, New York. (Google Books snippet view; Verified on paper) link

[CEM] 1932 October 20, The Palm Beach Post, Today by Arthur Brisbane (King Features, Inc), Page 1, Column 1, West Palm Beach, Florida. (Google News Archive) link

[YQW] 2006, The Yale Book of Quotations by Fred R. Shapiro, Page 830, Yale University Press, New Haven. The note with the quote says “Letter to Bernard Baruch, 19 Aug 1916. According to the American Heritage Dictionary of American Quotations “This is Wilson’s hands-off strategy for dealing with Charles Evans Hughes, his Republican opponent in the 1916 election. He attributed the precept to ‘a friend'”.

[ABN] 1888, The Virtues and Their Reasons: A System of Ethics for Society and Schools by Austin Bierbower, Page 58, George Sherwood & Co., Chicago. (Google Books full view) link

[AW] 1879, The Annals of the War Written by Leading Participants North and South, The Campaign of Gettysburg by Major General Alfred Pleasonton, Page 453, The Times Pub. Co., Philadelphia. (Google Books full view) link

[GT] 1855, Considerations on Tactics and Strategy by Colonel George Twemlow, Second Edition, Page 82, Simpkin, Marshall, and Co., Stationers’ Court, London. link

[BM] 1852 January, Lives of the illustrious: (The Biographical Magazine), “Marshal Soult, Duke of Dalmatia”, Page 28,  J. Passmore Edwards, London. link

[FR] 1836, French Revolution: Volume

Back to Top

Inflation? Deflation? The wrong argument and Activity comes in from left flank.

Back to Top

Signs Stock Rally is Doomed to End After $21 Trillion Rebound



(Bloomberg) -- As a sense of euphoria sweeps through global equity markets propelling stocks to regain $21 trillion in value from a March low, the asset class is looking increasingly frothy.


While stock luminaries who had advocated for a bull zone look like winners in hindsight, the debate goes on about whether the rally is a bear market bounce, doomed to end. Asia ended the day up but off the session’s high, while equities in Europe slipped in early trade, with the Stoxx Europe 600 falling as much as 1.6%. It’s a similar picture for the U.S. market as S&P 500 futures were down 0.9%.


Global equities have climbed back to levels last seen in February, when the coronavirus began spreading rapidly outside of China. The 42% surge from a March low is the best advance over an equivalent time-frame since 2009 for the MSCI ACWI Index that includes stocks in both the emerging and developed world. The gauge is now trading at 20 times next year’s profits, the most expensive since 2002.


“This rally is a function of government support being thrown behind the economy,” said Paul Sandhu, head of multi-asset quant solutions and client advisory for Asia Pacific at BNP Paribas Asset Management. “There are key risks that could lead to more volatility ahead over the short term, which is why we continue to hedge our portfolios on the downside while still looking for opportunities to add risk for the medium to long term.”


So far bulls are in charge. U.S. stocks just crossed an important psychological milestone of recouping this year’s losses. Asia’s equity benchmark just posted its seventh straight day of gains, the longest streak in more than two years. And euro-area shares are on course for their best monthly gain since 2015.


Factors including a wall of money from the guardians of global economies, the easing of lockdowns and the shockingly positive employment numbers in the U.S. are drawing more buyers to participate, picking up cheaper sectors and adding more fuel to the rally. Yet caution still abounds with some investors increasing hedges for potential volatility ahead.


“The risk of a correction will rise if investors continue to price in a rapid recovery, especially for sectors that are vulnerable to another wave of infections or an escalation of tensions between the U.S. and China,” said Tai Hui, chief Asia market strategist at JPMorgan Asset Management.


In another sign that the rally is stretched, global share-price gains in the past month have purely come from multiple expansion as earnings forecasts have barely budged since May. Adding to that is the fact the MSCI world measure has been in overbought territory since the start of the month, with the relative strength gauge on the index reaching the highest since January, which is considered a bearish signal by some.


Meanwhile, speculative excess has surged to the highest in at least 20 years among U.S. options traders, a negative for stocks over the medium term, according to Sundial Capital Research Inc. And a time-honored strategy of hedging stocks with government bonds has become questionable now that bond yields have plummeted thanks to policy easing across the world.


“If everyone is holding stocks just to pass on to the next greater fool, and if the greatest fool is a central bank with infinite liquidity to buy them, then, yes, prices will keep going up,” according to a note from Rabobank on Tuesday.


https://finance.yahoo.com/news/froth-stocks-starts-bubble-over-083519975.html

Back to Top

Growing U.S. oil inventories push oil prices below $38/bbl

SINGAPORE (Bloomberg) --Oil retreated below $38 a barrel after a U.S. industry report signaled a surprise jump in crude inventories, underscoring the market’s patchy road to rebalancing.


Futures dropped 2.4% in New York. The American Petroleum Institute reported that stockpiles expanded by 8.42 million barrels last week, according to people familiar with the data. If confirmed by government figures later on Wednesday, it would be the largest build since the end of April. Inventories at a key European hub jumped to a two-year high last week, Genscape Inc. reported.


Oil’s recovery from the virus-driven demand crash and swollen stockpiles remains uneven. Consumption is showing signs of uptick in India, where Indian Oil Corp. is boosting processing at its refineries this month. Still, the OECD is forecasting a sharp contraction in the global economy this year, and one that could get worse if there’s a second wave of virus infections.


“Indications from the American Petroleum Institute show that stocks built quite a lot,” said Rystad Energy head of oil markets Bjornar Tonhaugen. “Shut-in production returning and a rise in Covid-19 cases scare traders - and markets.”


Prices

- West Texas Intermediate for July delivery fell 95 cents to $37.99 a barrel on the New York Mercantile Exchange as of 10:40 a.m. London time

- Brent for August settlement lost 2.1% to $40.33 on the ICE Futures Europe exchange


The weakness in crude prices has also been accompanied by a softer market structure in recent days. Brent futures for August were at their biggest discount to September this month on Wednesday. Similarly key swaps that help price North Sea crude have softened so far this week, according to data from brokerage Eagle Commodities.


Meanwhile, the chaos engulfing OPEC member Libya continued, with the Sharara field stopping production after armed men entered the site Monday and told employees to end activities. Though operations were briefly allowed to resume, according to people with knowledge of the situation, the group halted output again for the second time in a day, the Tripoli-based National Oil Co. said on its Facebook page.


Supplies of U.S. distillates, which include diesel, rose by 4.27 million barrels last week, while stockpiles at the storage hub of Cushing, Oklahoma, fell by 2.29 million barrels, the API reported. The Energy Information Administration is expected to report nationwide crude inventories dropped by 1.85 million barrels, according to a Bloomberg survey.


Other oil-market news

- Nigeria will implement all of the oil-production cuts agreed with the OPEC+ coalition by mid-July at the latest, the head of its state oil company said.

- Chesapeake Energy Corp. is preparing a potential bankruptcy filing that could hand control of one of the leading lights of the U.S. shale revolution to senior lenders, according to people with knowledge of the matter.

- Asian diesel prices flipped into backwardation for the first time in three months as demand rebounded after the easing of lockdowns, compared with other regions that are grappling with oversupply of the fuel.


http://ow.ly/Iaby50A3PTJ

Back to Top

Putin’s anger over environmental damage may drive modern reforms

MOSCOW (Bloomberg) - The mishandling of the biggest Arctic oil spill ever infuriated Russian President Vladimir Putin and could be the catalyst for adoption of modern environmental regulations.


MMC Norilsk Nickel PJSC, Russia’s biggest miner, didn’t make a public statement until two days after the May 29 accident, which leaked over 20,000 tons (150,000 barrels) of diesel into a fragile Arctic river system.


By then, images of the catastrophe had gone viral on social media and soon the governor of the region made a public report to a visibly irritated Putin. The president publicly scolded Vladimir Potanin, Nornickel’s biggest shareholder and the country’s richest man, for not upgrading the tank before it leaked.


As the extent of the spill became clearer, investigators said Wednesday that they’d detained several employees of the unit responsible for the tank, a move Nornickel called excessive. The company has said melting permafrost and soil subsidence damaged the tank. If true, that means infrastructure across the country’s vast north may be at risk as the ground warms.


Nornickel has long been criticized for ignoring environmental issues. A small investment in the tank might have prevented the spill, which now threatens extinction for many fish, birds and mammals unique to Siberia’s Taimyr Peninsula, a senior official said. Putin was very angry over the spill, according to the person, who asked not to be identified in order to speak candidly.


The accident could become a catalyst for the president to push through long-stalled environmental regulations targeting Russia’s aging energy infrastructure, the person said.


Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov didn’t respond to a request for comment.


This isn’t the first time the company’s pollution problem has wounded Russia’s environmental reputation. Its main assets are located in Norilsk, one of the country’s dirtiest cities. Norway’s sovereign wealth fund, the world’s largest, has blacklisted Nornickel since 2009 for the damage it has done in the Taimyr Peninsula.


There are two main versions of what caused the accident. Nornickel and Russia’s Prosecutor General blame the melting permafrost for causing damage to the tank. Russia’s Investigative Committee said the 35-year-old tank was commissioned without proper permits in 2018, the year Nornickel says it was renovated.


The disagreements extend to the damage caused by the spill. Fuel from the accident has been found in Lake Pyasino that feeds into the Kara Sea, putting local wildlife at risk, Interfax reported Tuesday, citing the regional governor Alexander Uss. A Nornickel investor presentation the same day said the spill was contained before reaching the lake and there was no risk to the Kara Sea.


10,000 Spills


What is clear is the size of the spill is unprecedented. Greenpeace compared it to the 1989 Exxon Valdez accident in Alaska. Nornickel estimates it will cost $150 million to clean up.


Russia, the world’s biggest energy exporter, has at least 10,000 oil spills annually, according to Vladimir Chuprov, the head of Greenpeace Russia’s energy program. The accidents are concentrated in the country’s sprawling oil pipeline system, at least half of which is past its useful life, Chuprov said.


The situation is growing more critical as permafrost melts due to climate change. With more than half of Russia’s land permanently frozen, vast swaths of the country has infrastructure at risk as the ground thaws.


Stalled Bill


Yet stricter regulation to prevent and liquidate oil spills has been stalled in parliament since 2018, when a draft bill passed its first reading. The law would require companies with fuel storage or pipelines to maintain detailed plans to contain spills and create financial reserves to fix any damage.


After the accident, Putin ordered checks of similar tanks around Russia and urged the quick adaptation of new legislation. This week, Prime Minister Mikhail Mishustin revived talk of the 2018 bill.


The draft is too vague to make an impact and needs a clear mechanism to create provisions, according to Darya Kozlova, head of oil and gas regulation at Moscow-based Vygon Consulting. A better approach would be to rely on insurance policies and online monitoring, she said.


“The major problem is Russian companies are not motivated to change the situation and to invest into preventing accidents,” Greenpeace’s Chuprov said, who advocates limiting pipelines and infrastructure in the Arctic to 20 years of service.


http://ow.ly/5Ths50A521G

Back to Top

Macro

Breakthrough close on coronavirus antibody therapy: reports

Scientists working on coronavirus treatments may be close to a breakthrough on an antibody treatment that could save the lives of people who become infected, it has been reported.


An injection of cloned antibodies that counteract Covid-19 could prove significant for those in the early stages of infection, according to the British-Swedish pharmaceutical company AstraZeneca.


AstraZeneca’s chief executive Pascal Soriot told the newspaper that the treatment being developed is “a combination of two antibodies” in an injected dose “because by having both you reduce the chance of resistance developing to one antibody”.


Antibody therapy is more expensive than vaccine production, with Soriot saying the former would be prioritised for the elderly and vulnerable “who may not be able to develop a good response to a vaccine”.


On Thursday, AstraZeneca signed a deal with the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (Cepi) to help manufacture 300million globally accessible doses of the coronavirus vaccine candidate being developed by the Jenner Institute at the University of Oxford.


AstraZeneca has already started to manufacture the Oxford University Covid-19 vaccine to ensure that if it does pass human trials, it can be made available in the autumn. Trials of the potential vaccine have started in Brazil, a new epicentre of the pandemic, to ensure the study can be properly tested as transmission rates fall in the UK. The Jenner Institute and the Oxford Vaccine Group began development on a vaccine in January, using a virus taken from chimpanzees.


One member of Cepi is the Serum Institute of India, which the Sunday Telegraph reports is considering other “parallel” partnerships with AstraZeneca that may lead to the antibody treatment being funded as a stand-alone treatment.


Meanwhile UK-based vaccine manufacturer Seqirus announced it was working in partnership with parent company CSL, Cepi and the University of Queensland to help develop a candidate Covid-19 vaccine in Australia. Its manufacturing base in Liverpool is producing an adjuvant, an agent that improves the immune response to a vaccine.


https://www.theguardian.com/world/2020/jun/07/breakthrough-close-on-coronavirus-antibody-therapy-reports

Back to Top

Paper documents China's heroic response: Global Times editorial

The State Council Information Office of the People's Republic of China has issued the white paper Fighting COVID-19: China in Action. The paper shares China's effective measures in fighting the virus. According to the paper, China experienced five stages in its fight against the epidemic. A timeline for China's epidemic-fighting efforts was systematically laid out for the first time in the paper, which also made staged official summaries of China's fight against the epidemic and gave authoritative and detailed responses to international concerns. Every single number listed in the white paper has a story  behind it. The Chinese government objectively recorded this special historical episode in the white paper. Although China has basically brought the epidemic under control, the epidemic is still spreading around the world, so this white paper is of great practical significance.

From the white paper, first of all we can see the seriousness of the challenges faced by China. The Covid-19 epidemic is a major public health emergency. The virus has spread faster and wider than any other since the founding of the People's Republic in 1949, and has proven to be the most difficult to contain. China' public health level and scientific literacy are not high. It is conceivable that Wuhan was taken by surprise in the early days of the outbreak. Today we can see more clearly the epidemic situation in China.

Second, the cost that China had to bear was enormous. During the epidemic, China's economic and social activities were almost completely interrupted for nearly a month. What this means to the world's most populous country and second largest economy is beyond description. Compared to the unprecedented economic losses, the cost of life was even more painful. As of midnight on May 31, the entire Chinese mainland  has reported a total of 83,017 confirmed cases and 4,634 deaths.

Third, China's critical contribution. Imagine what the world would be like today if China had not taken the lead in controlling the epidemic. In three months, China achieved decisive results in the battles in fighting the disease in Wuhan and Hubei. China ensured the public safety of its 1.4 billion citizens, which in itself is a great contribution to the world. China also provided assistance to 150 countries and four international organizations and exported epidemic prevention materials to 200 countries and regions. The lessons that the Chinese have learned at the cost of their own lives were invaluable to other countries and regions as well.

Fourth, how shameful it is to rebuke China. Public health is the last thing that should be politicized. However, the epidemic has been highly politicized in Washington, and some politicians have been crazy to attack and discredit China for the purpose of reelections and so on. This will do nothing for the fight against the pandemic in the US and the world. On the contrary, it will create a very destructive interference. It can be said that millions of infected people are also victims of the politicization of the epidemic. The white paper states with indisputable facts that as a victim of the virus and a major contributor to the global fight against COVID-19, China deserves to be treated fairly rather than blamed.

US President Donald Trump questioned this a few days ago, saying it was strange that the virus had spread around the world but not within China. In fact, Trump would not be surprised if he took a few minutes to read the white paper. This is because the Chinese government gave top priority to the safety and health of its people and took the most comprehensive, strictest and most thorough prevention and control measures with firm courage and determination. The reason is that the 1.4 billion Chinese people were great warriors in the fight against the epidemic and gave the government the utmost understanding, support and cooperation in its prevention and control measures. Actually, it is the current US situation that all people feel is strange.

Now is not the time to relax. China is still under pressure to prevent a rebound at home and import from abroad, and the pandemic is still raging around the world. Viruses are the common enemy of all mankind. As long as there is still a case of infection in any country, the battle against the pandemic will not end. As stated in the white paper, for human development and for future generations, all countries should take immediate and decisive measures to eliminate the actual and potential threat of the virus to humanity to the greatest extent.


https://bit.ly/3dHjNyY

Back to Top

Japan opts not to join U.S., others in criticizing China for Hong Kong law

Japan has opted out of joining the United States, Britain and others in issuing a statement to condemn China for moving to impose a national security law on Hong Kong, apparently to avoid creating friction with Beijing.


Tokyo's decision has been received with dismay by Washington among others, underscoring the difficult balancing act Japan faces in managing its relations with the United States, its key security ally, and China, its neighbor and the world's second-largest economy.


A further rise in tension between China and the United States over the Hong Kong issue could also complicate Japan's plan to receive Chinese President Xi Jinping as a state guest. No date has been set after the visit was postponed amid the coronavirus pandemic.


On May 28, when the Chinese parliament endorsed the decision to introduce the legislation, the United States, Britain, Australia and Canada issued a statement expressing their "deep concern" over the move and warned that it could "dramatically erode" Hong Kong's high degree of autonomy guaranteed under China's "one country, two systems" policy.


According to one of the officials, representatives of the Japanese government had been approached in a backroom to take part in the release of the statement, but rejected the offer.


"Japan was probably more focused on its relationship with China. But, to be frank, we were disappointed," the official said.


Japan, meanwhile, expressed its "serious concerns" about China's push to impose the law on Hong Kong during a press conference by top government spokesman Yoshihide Suga on May 28.


Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman Zhao Lijian strongly criticized the joint statement, telling a press conference on May 29 that "the unwarranted comments and accusations made by the relevant countries constitute a flagrant interference in Hong Kong affairs and China's internal affairs."


He also issued a veiled warning to Tokyo to distance itself from the United States and European countries in dealing with sensitive issues, saying Beijing hopes "the Japanese side will create sound conditions and atmosphere" to realize Xi's visit to Japan.


Under China's "one country, two systems" policy, Hong Kong was promised it would enjoy the rights and freedoms of a semiautonomous region for 50 years following the former British colony's return to Chinese rule in 1997.


But the national security law banning separatism, subversion, foreign interference and terrorism in Hong Kong is feared to provide Beijing with more opportunities to erode freedoms and human rights in the territory.


https://japantoday.com/category/politics/japan-opts-not-to-join-u.s.-others-in-rapping-china-for-hong-kong-law?utm_source=twitter&utm_medium=referral&utm_campaign=dlvr.it

Back to Top

The US economy is officially in recession

The National Bureau of Economic Research said Monday that the COVID-19 crisis has officially launched the U.S. economy into a recession, thus ending the longest economic expansion on record.


The NBER’s business cycle dating committee calls recessions based on broad checks on employment and production activity.


The committee said that it had determined that economic activity had peaked in February, citing sharp drops in employment and personal consumption following that month. The recession declaration ended the 128-month economic expansion that began in June 2009, which eclipsed the 1990s recovery as the longest on record.


When the NBER declares a “peak,” it essentially marks the beginning of a period of “significant decline.”


Since the first cases of Coronavirus took form in the United States, over 42 million Americans have lost their jobs and turned to unemployment benefits. Stay-at-home measures and businesses closures have halted economic activity on an unprecedented scale.


The NBER said official data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics confirmed that the labor market peaked in February. On production, GDP figures have yet to be published for the quarter covering the brunt of the pandemic. But the NBER said monthly readings on real personal consumption measures appeared to confirm that the U.S. consumer - a key driver of the economy - also peaked in February.


A recession is generally perceived to be two consecutive quarters of negative growth in U.S. production, measured as real GDP.


But the NBER has other criteria that can constitute a recession, which is particularly applicable to the COVID-19 crisis given the speed of the economic downturn. The committee looks for a “significant decline in economic activity” across several economic indicators, which covers not just GDP but factors like real income and employment, as well as retail and manufacturing sales.


The NBER declares a “trough” when economic activity appears to hit a bottom, which is also reported on a lag.


https://finance.yahoo.com/news/us-economy-officially-in-recession-nber-165226139.html

Back to Top

Coronavirus Round-Up: “It’s Not Over,” WHO Says

As the new week kicks off, here’s a round-up of the Investing News Network’s top stories last week covering the coronavirus pandemic.


The World Health Organization (WHO) warned last week that as nations start to ease lockdowns there has been an uptick in COVID-19 cases.


“On upticks (in cases), yes we have seen in countries around the world — I’m not talking specifically about Europe — when the lockdowns ease, when the social distancing measures ease, people sometimes interpret this as ‘OK, it’s over,'” WHO spokeswoman Margaret Harris said.


“It’s not over. It’s not over until there is no virus anywhere in the world,” she added.


More than 6.6 million people have now been infected, with the death toll reaching over 388,000 as of last Thursday (June 4). Of the more than 3.5 million closed cases, over 3.19 million have recovered.


To keep investors up to date with what’s been going on in the mining industry related to COVID-19, we’ve put together a round-up of the Investing News Network’s (INN) top stories last week on the pandemic. All information and data were current as of last Thursday.


INN’s COVID-19 coverage: Top stories this week


1) The catalyst that could bring generalists back to gold

Gold market participants have been hearing lately that it’s only a matter of time before generalist investors return to the space and help drive the yellow metal’s price up.


But what will be the catalyst that brings these investors back? Will Rhind, founder and CEO of GraniteShares, shared his thoughts in a recent interview.


“I think the big catalyst … is what’s the role of bonds in a portfolio?” he said, noting that for a long time the idea was to have a portfolio allocated 60 percent to equities and 40 percent to bonds.


2) The safest play in the mining space right now? 

Gold and silver stocks are popular among investors looking for precious metals exposure, but those new to the space are often told to look first at royalty and streaming companies.


These companies, which receive either a percentage of revenue (a royalty agreement) or a percentage of production (a streaming deal) from producing mines, tend to be touted as lower risk due to a variety of factors — for example, they don’t have to deal with the costs associated with mining and exploration.


But does their safe reputation hold up during a global pandemic? To find out, INN asked market watchers and royalty and streaming company execs to share their thoughts. Click the link above to learn what they said about how this part of the precious metals space has been affected.


3) EB Tucker: The first inning for gold is over, don't miss the rest

The gold price is on the rise, and some market participants are wondering if there’s still room to get in. According to EB Tucker, the answer is yes — but it’s time to get moving.


Tucker, who is a director at Metalla Royalty & Streaming (TSXV:MTA,NYSEAMERICAN:MTA), recently wrote the book “Why Gold? Why Now?: The War Against Your Wealth and How to Win It.” As the title suggests, it covers why investors should consider gold at this point in time, plus how to get involved.


“There’s a very hot period for gold, and it’s a period when the value of other assets is in question. That is now. We’re right on the edge of that, we’re just starting it,” he explained.


INN’s COVID-19 coverage: The bright side


The coronavirus pandemic has changed US President Donald Trump’s views on a trade deal with China, according to his statements during a press conference on Friday (June 5).


“I guess I view the trade deal a little bit differently than I did three months ago,” Trump said at a news briefing in the White House Rose Garden. “Getting along with China would be a good thing. I don’t know if that’s going to happen. I’ll let you know.”


In commodities, oil prices were under the spotlight, jumping to over US$40 a barrel as investors waited on an OPEC meeting that could extend production cuts. In base metals, copper was on track for a weekly gain, trading around US$5,500 per tonne by the end of the week.


https://bit.ly/2UpIQyK

Back to Top

Roundup: World Bank projects global economy to shrink by 5.2 pct in 2020 - Xinhua

Growth in East Asia and Pacific is projected to fall to 0.5 percent in 2020, the only region that could see growth this year, the report says. The Chinese economy is expected to grow by 1 percent this year.


WASHINGTON, June 8 (Xinhua) -- The global economy is on track to shrink by 5.2 percent this year amid the COVID-19 pandemic, the deepest recession since the Second World War, the World Bank Group said in its latest Global Economic Prospects released Monday.


Economic activity in advanced economies is anticipated to contract 7 percent in 2020 as domestic demand and supply, trade, and finance have been severely disrupted, the report said. The U.S. economy is projected to shrink by 6.1 percent this year, while Euro Area could see a 9.1-percent contraction.


Emerging market and developing economies (EMDEs), meanwhile, are expected to contract by 2.5 percent this year, "their first contraction as a group in at least sixty years," according to the report. The economic activity in Latin America and the Caribbean, in particular, could plunge by 7.2 percent in 2020.


Growth in East Asia and Pacific is projected to fall to 0.5 percent in 2020, the only region that could see growth this year, the report said. The Chinese economy is expected to grow by 1 percent this year.


Per capita incomes are expected to decline by 3.6 percent, which will tip millions of people into extreme poverty this year, the World Bank said.


"This is a deeply sobering outlook, with the crisis likely to leave long-lasting scars and pose major global challenges," said Ceyla Pazarbasioglu, World Bank Group vice president for Equitable Growth, Finance and Institutions.


The report also noted that the blow is hitting hardest in countries where the coronavirus epidemic has been the most severe and where there is heavy reliance on global trade, tourism, commodity exports, and external financing.


While the magnitude of disruption will vary from region to region, all EMDEs have "vulnerabilities" that are magnified by external shocks, the report said.


It added that interruptions in schooling and primary healthcare access are likely to have "lasting impacts" on human capital development.


"Our first order of business is to address the global health and economic emergency," Pazarbasioglu said. "Beyond that, the global community must unite to find ways to rebuild as robust a recovery as possible to prevent more people from falling into poverty and unemployment."


Under the baseline forecast -- which assumes that the pandemic recedes sufficiently to allow the lifting of domestic mitigation measures by mid-year in advanced economies and a bit later in EMDEs, and that adverse global spillovers ease during the second half of the year -- global growth is forecast to rebound to 4.2 percent in 2021, according to the report.


Advanced economies are expected to grow 3.9 percent next year and EMDEs could bounce back by 4.6 percent, the report showed.


However, "the outlook is highly uncertain and downside risks are predominant," including the possibility of a more protracted pandemic, financial upheaval, and retreat from global trade and supply linkages, the report noted.


A downside scenario could lead the global economy to shrink by as much as 8 percent this year, followed by a sluggish recovery in 2021 of just over 1 percent, with output in EMDEs contracting by almost 5 percent this year.


"The current episode has already seen by far the fastest and steepest downgrades in global growth forecasts on record," said World Bank Prospects Group Director Ayhan Kose. In the previous Global Economic Prospects report released in January, the multilateral lender projected global economy to grow by 2.5 percent this year.


"If the past is any guide, there may be further growth downgrades in store, implying that policymakers may need to be ready to employ additional measures to support activity," Kose said.


In the report, the World Bank also urged governments to take steps to alleviate the adverse impact of the crisis on potential output by placing a renewed emphasis on reforms that can boost long-term growth prospects.


"The pandemic has laid bare the weaknesses of national health care and social safety nets in many countries," the report noted. "It is necessary to put in place social benefit systems that can provide an effective, flexible, and efficient safety net during disasters." 


http://xhne.ws/xyldd

Back to Top

International Update: Covid-19 pandemic worsening globally, says WHO – analysis suggests virus in China earlier than estimated

Global: Global infections have risen to 7,119,454, with deaths at 406,540, according to Johns Hopkins data. The US still has the most infections (1,961,185) and deaths (111,007). The UK has the second highest death toll globally (40,680).


The World Health Organization has warned against complacency, saying the coronavirus pandemic situation is worsening around the globe. The WHO said it had recorded its highest daily tally of new infections on Sunday (136,000), with Covid-19 raging in the Americas. “Although the situation in Europe is improving, globally it is worsening,” WHO chief Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said.


New analysis from researchers at Boston and Harvard universities suggests the coronavirus could have been circulating in China earlier than previously estimated.


US: University of Washington researchers have estimated that 145,728 people could die of Covid-19 in the United States by August. Infectious disease experts have said that large street protests held in major cities after George Floyd’s death could spark a new outbreak.


Brazil: Brazil has reported 679 deaths from coronavirus and 15,654 new cases amid growing controversy about its data and allegations of political manipulation.


Mexico: Mexico has reported 354 new deaths and 2,999 new infections from Covid-19.


Pakistan: Pakistan has recorded its deadliest day of the coronavirus outbreak so far, with at least 105 people dead, according to Al Jazeera correspondent Asad Hashim.


Italy: More than half the residents tested for coronavirus in Italy’s northern province of Bergamo have been found to have coronavirus antibodies.


China: Viral cultivation results were negative for all 300 asymptomatic cases found from the earlier mass tests in Wuhan, according to the Municipal Health Commission. Almost 1,200 close contacts of the 300 also tested negative.


Lockdown updates


Russia: Russia will lift a range of lockdown measures on Tuesday, including the lockdown in Moscow, the city’s mayor has announced. The capital’s restriction on movement end on Tuesday, allowing residents to travel freely for the first time since March. Some measures have gradually eased, with some shops opening.


Hungary: Hungary fully reopened its border with Slovenia from Tuesday amid a gradual easing of measures to counter the coronavirus pandemic in both countries, Hungarian Foreign Minister Peter Szijjarto said in a Facebook video.


Germany: Germany recorded an increase in the number of new coronavirus cases, and the infection rate climbed further above the key threshold of 1.0.


https://www.mining-technology.com/special-focus/covid-19/international-update-covid-19-pandemic-worsening-globally-says-who-analysis-suggests-virus-in-china-earlier-than-estimated/

Back to Top

Restraint in South China Sea needed against US inflammatory opinions

Some Western media outlets have launched a new wave of public opinion offensive against China. A CNN report on Monday hyped up a standoff between China and Malaysia in the South China Sea that has lasted more than a month. Even though this was old news and took place earlier this year, CNN criticized China for its "growing aggression" and "forcefulness," which are "partly driven by the global coronavirus pandemic."  

Malaysia is one of the South China Sea claimants. Compared with countries such as Vietnam and the Philippines, Malaysia has been regarded as a low-profile pragmatist when it comes to the South China Sea issue. The country has played it safe.

Policies pursued by Malaysia include: First, the South China Sea dispute is not at the top agenda of dialogues between Beijing and Kuala Lumpur. Malaysia is more willing to take chances of political dialogues to promote pragmatic cooperation with China. Second, oil and gas exploration is a priority for Malaysia's South China Sea policies. Third, the country is not keen on sensationalizing the South China Sea disputes. Large protests trigged by the South China Sea differences are rarely seen in Malaysia. Fourth, Malaysia has taken a positive attitude toward promoting consultations and preventative diplomacy among South China Sea claimants. It has played a relatively proactive role in negotiations regarding the Declaration on the Conduct of Parties in the South China Sea, and on the Code of Conduct in the South China Sea. Thanks to such policies, Malaysia and China have a lot in common to promote pragmatic cooperation and to maintain regional stability.

Yet it's noticeable that subtle changes are taking place in Malaysia's South China Sea policies. In December 2019, the country submitted an extended shelf claim in the South China Sea to the UN's Commission on the Limits of the Continental Shelf, seeking to establish the outer limits of its legal continental margin beyond the 200 nautical mile limit.

Breaking with past postures, Malaysia has now begun exploration and development of oil and gas in waters near the Wan'an Tan in the Nansha Islands, an area disputed by China, Malaysia and Vietnam. Moreover, Malaysia has become increasingly vigilant toward China for the latter's measures to safeguard its legitimate rights in the South China Sea.

However, the changes in Malaysia's South China Sea policies don't mean the country lacks understanding of the complexities and sensitivities of the South China Sea issue. In fact, Malaysian Foreign Minister Hishammuddin Hussein in April called for peaceful means amid the China-Malaysia standoff, and reaffirmed Malaysia's commitment to peace in the disputed waters.

Moreover, China-Malaysia disputes in the South China Sea have attracted public attention. This is directly related to the US and Australian navies' interference in the region, and the influence of US officials, think tanks, and mainstream media. In April, the amphibious assault ships USS America, USS Bunker Hill, and USS Barry sailed with Royal Australian Navy frigate HMAS Parramatta to conduct combined exercises in the South China Sea.

The US and Australian warships intentionally sailed near where the China-Malaysia standoff took place. Meanwhile, US Indo-Pacific Command spokesperson Nicole Schwegman said that their "continued operational presence in the South China Sea" is "to promote freedom of navigation and overflight," and the US "supports the efforts of our allies and partners to determine their own economic interests."

In April, US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo told his Southeast Asian counterparts that China is taking advantage of the COVID-19 pandemic to push its so-called territorial ambitions in the South China Sea. He also regarded China's maintaining of stability there as "bullying." Then, US media, such as CNN, reported on the recent China-Malaysia interactions in the South China Sea in an attempt to echo Pompeo's vindictive views.

From this perspective, the China-Malaysia dispute has become a heated topic for the US to further attack China. The increasingly intense China-US disputes and major power competition in the South China Sea serve as sober and stern warnings that China, Malaysia and other disputing parties need to remain restrained and be vigilant against inflamed US-led public opinion about the South China Sea.


https://bit.ly/3cTVNaN

Back to Top

US CPI negative

Back to Top

WA Treasurer says traditional owners value mining

While in no way condoning Rio’s actions at Juukan George, Mr Wyatt said: "The mining industry knows that respecting Aboriginal cultural heritage is fundamental to forging a social licence to operate, while traditional owners also understand that wealth creation through mining can also play a role in Aboriginal people's economic and social future."


Mr Wyatt declined to comment on calls for his resignation at a rally outside Rio Perth headquarters on Tuesday, but denied he had a conflict of interest as Treasurer of a state that relies heavily on iron ore royalties and as Aboriginal Affairs Minister tasked with protecting heritage.


"I act in the interests of all West Australians in carrying out my ministerial responsibilities," he said.


"Having Aboriginal Affairs, as well as Treasury, only elevates the significance of Aboriginal Affairs within this government."


Controversial section to be axed


Rio was given permission to destroy the Juukan caves site long before WA's current Labor government came to power and under a controversial section of the state's Aboriginal Heritage Act that will be axed under new legislation.


Mr Wyatt was not aware of the proposal to destroy the caves until it was too late and was not asked to intervene to stop their destruction.


On Wednesday, Rio again apologised for the distress caused to the Puutu Kunti Kurrama and Pinikura people in the destroying the caves.


The blast has overshadowed Rio's work in the boosting Indigenous employment in mining.


More than 12 per cent of Rio's residential workforce in WA's Pilbara region are local Indigenous people, and in 2019 the company spent $246 million with 80 Indigenous businesses.


In developing its new Koodaideri iron ore mine, Rio awarded contracts worth $60 million to Indigenous-owned businesses in the Pilbara.


https://www.afr.com/companies/mining/wa-treasurer-says-traditional-owners-value-mining-20200610-p5518l&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmM4M2EyMmUwMWZlNTViZGM6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNEEa5aaaXO1pkfGbQrsZsh42dT5a

Back to Top

Day traders have driven stock-market euphoria to an 18-year high, boosting the odds of a downturn in the next year to over 70%, Citi says

- Day traders have helped to drive stock-market euphoria to an 18-year high, raising the odds of a market downturn in the next year to over 70%, Citi strategists said last week.

- "These new participants have exploded arguably speculative buying which has goosed up the numbers of Nasdaq shares traded," which feeds into their Panic/Euphoria model, the strategists explained.

- They warned that "short covering and near-term trader speculation are potentially creating the environment for the next accident."

- "People are ignoring joblessness, trade friction, social unrest, and risks that loom including possible COVID-19 reinfections, the end of bonus supplemental unemployment checks, and the upcoming elections," they added.


The day-trading boom has helped to push stock-market euphoria to its highest level in 18 years, boosting the odds that the market will retreat within the next year, Citi's equity strategists said in a flurry of research notes dated June 5.


The bank's Panic/Euphoria Model recently recorded its highest euphoria reading since 2002, when the dot-com bubble was still deflating. The elevated level implies a 70%-plus probability of a down market in the next 12 months, Citi's chief US equity strategist, Tobias Levkovich, and his team said.


The surge in day traders on Robinhood and other platforms is partly responsible. One of the Panic/Euphoria model's inputs, Nasdaq trading volume as a percentage of NYSE volume, has been "particularly volatile and moved stratospherically," the strategists said.


"These new participants have exploded arguably speculative buying which has goosed up the numbers of NASDAQ shares traded," they added.


The current euphoria also reflects retail money-market funds, put/call premiums, and the NYSE short-interest ratio, the strategists said. Their model's other components are margin debt, the put/call ratio, the CRB futures index, gasoline prices, and a composite average of bullishness data.


"The next accident"


Levkovich and his team underscored several reasons to be concerned about the S&P 500, which has rallied more than 40% from its March low to north of 3,200.


They highlighted lending-standards data that points to pressure on industrial activity and earnings in the coming months. They added that company earnings will have to be "incredibly impressive" to support the benchmark index's current level.


"People are ignoring joblessness, trade friction, social unrest, and risks that loom including possible COVID-19 reinfections, the end of bonus supplemental unemployment checks, and the upcoming elections," they said.


"Short covering and near-term trader speculation are potentially creating the environment for the next accident, with retail volumes surging despite shocking unemployment."


The Citi strategists elaborated on their bearish view in the research notes.


They argued the stock market's return to pre-pandemic levels assumes a coronavirus vaccine will be successfully developed and swiftly distributed to tens of millions of people. They also detailed election risks such as a potential hike to corporate tax rates and stricter regulation if Joe Biden beats Donald Trump in November.


"Color us cautious"


Moreover, Levkovich and his team expressed skepticism of a V-shaped economic recovery.


While cost-cutting and efficiency drives during the pandemic might bolster corporate earnings, they could also lead to permanent job losses that constrain GDP, they said.


Consumption could also slow when enhanced unemployment benefits end in August, employers might delay investing until they know the election result, and bad data in the coming months could weigh on business trends, they added.


"Color us cautious," the strategists concluded.


https://www.businessinsider.com/day-traders-stock-market-euphoria-18-year-high-risks-citi-2020-6&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjNhNDcwMGYyZTUwNGQ4MmM6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNG3nqE9Ud5t13UOOQp7PLiy2cHek

Back to Top

Exclusive: Lilly COVID-19 treatment could be authorized for use as soon as September - chief scientist

(Reuters) - Eli Lilly and Co could have a drug specifically designed to treat COVID-19 authorized for use as early as September if all goes well with either of two antibody therapies it is testing, its chief scientist told Reuters on Wednesday.


Lilly is also doing preclinical studies of a third antibody treatment for the illness caused by the new coronavirus that could enter human clinical trials in the coming weeks, Chief Scientific Officer Daniel Skovronsky said in an interview.


Lilly has already launched human trials with two of the experimental therapies.


The drugs belong to a class of biotech medicines called monoclonal antibodies widely used to treat cancer, rheumatoid arthritis and many other conditions. A monoclonal antibody drug developed against COVID-19 is likely to be more effective than repurposed medicines currently being tested against the virus.


Skovronsky said the therapies - which may also be used to prevent the disease - could beat a vaccine to widespread use as a COVID-19 treatment, if they prove effective.


"For the treatment indication, particularly, this could go pretty fast," he said in an interview. "If in August or September we're seeing the people who got treated are not progressing to hospitalization, that would be powerful data and could lead to emergency use authorization."


"So that puts you in the fall time: September, October, November is not unreasonable," he said.


Coronavirus vaccines being developed and tested at unprecedented speed are not likely to be ready before the end of the year at the earliest.


Earlier this month, Lilly announced it had initiated patient testing for two separate antibody treatments. One currently designated LY-CoV555 is being developed in partnership with Canadian biotech AbCellera. The other, JS016, it being developed with Chinese drugmaker Shanghai Junshi Biosciences.


Both work by blocking part of the virus’ so-called spike protein that it uses to enter human cells and replicate.


Lilly's third antibody treatment candidate acts on a different part of the virus and will most likely be tested in combination with one or both of the others, Skovronsky said.


The drugmaker, however, said it has a strong preference to develop a treatment that can work well in COVID-19 patients as a stand alone, as manufacturing these type of drugs, which are typically administered by infusion, is a complex process and capacity is limited.


"It's good to have two antibodies. The downside is that manufacturing is precious. We have limited manufacturing capacity. If two antibodies are required, half as many people will get treated," Skovronsky said. "So our goal is to see if we can do one antibody at as low a dose as possible."


Lilly will have the capacity to make hundreds of thousands of doses by the end of the year if it can treat COVID-19 patients using a single antibody drug rather than with a combination, he said.


Preventing the disease with these type of drugs presents a different manufacturing challenge entirely.


"Global capacity for antibodies is just not high enough that we could ever think about adequate doses" for "billions of people in the prophylactic setting," Skovronsky said.


The better solution is to widely inoculate people with COVID-19 vaccines when available, and reserve antibody treatments for people who have the disease or were recently exposed to it.


They could also help vulnerable populations where vaccines are less effective, such as nursing home patients, he said.


Lilly hopes to conduct a COVID-19 prevention clinical trial in nursing home patients later this year, he added.


The Indianapolis-based drugmaker plans to produce the medicines in plants in Kinsale, Ireland and New Jersey, and is willing to use its capacity to help manufacture another company's successful treatment, should Lilly's fail in clinical trails.


Lilly is continuing to screen for antibodies through its partnership with AbCellera, which is working with the U.S. National Institutes of Health to identify promising compounds, Skovronsky said.


https://finance.yahoo.com/news/exclusive-lilly-covid-19-treatment-022500286.html

Back to Top

Centrica : British Gas owner Centrica plans to cut about 5,000 jobs

British Gas owner Centrica plans to cut around 5,000 jobs, almost 20% of its global workforce, it said on Thursday, as the energy utility deepens its restructuring efforts in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic.


More than half of the job losses are expected to come from management teams and follow 4,000 cuts planned by this year which were announced in 2018.


"The harsh reality is that we have lost over half of our earnings in recent years. Now we must bring focus by modernising and simplifying the way we do business," Group Chief Executive Chris O'Shea said in a statement.


Centrica on Thursday also announced Johnathan Ford as its new finance chief.


The company has seen the pandemic curb energy demand and has had to adapt to a price cap imposed in 2019 on the most common energy tariffs in Britain.


Earlier this year it canceled its dividend for 2019 and warned of an increase in non-payments by customers.


It said its latest restructuring push would lead to fewer customer-facing business units and that the job cuts could come as soon as the second half of this year.


Centrica currently employs around 27,000, with around 20,000 based in the UK.


A spokeswoman for the company said it was unable to disclose the locations for the proposed job cuts as they are subject to consultation, but said the proposed changes would be across all divisions of the company.


Centrica shares were down around 4.5% in early trade on Thursday.


https://www.marketscreener.com/CENTRICA-PLC-9590112/news/Centrica-British-Gas-owner-Centrica-plans-to-cut-about-5-000-jobs-30755656/&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHGEyNTU3NzQwNzQ5YTNlNTg6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNG3v61IRnhbaYJgjjr-XAmcw1g1S

Back to Top

Oil

NOC confirms restart of production at Sharara oil field

National Oil Corporation (NOC) confirms the return of production at the Sharara oil field south of the country, after lengthy negotiations by the NOC to reopen the Hamada valve, which had been illegally closed last January- resulting in the shutdown of production and collapse of the tank (Surge Tank D101 B), whose capacity is 16,000 barrels and is situated in area (GOSP115) at the field, after an armed militia prevented NOC’s maintenance teams from carrying out maintenance operations.


NOC chairman, Eng. Mustafa Sanalla, commented: “The Libyan economy has suffered enough from the illegal blockades and We have much to do, and we hope that the restart of production at the Sharara oil field will be a first step to reviving the Libyan oil and gas sector and preventing an economic collapse in Libya in these difficult times”.


The first production phase will start at a capacity of 30,000 barrels/day. Production at the field is expected to return to full capacity within 90 days due to the damages resulted by very long shutdown.


The illegal blockade for a period of 142 days cost the public treasury losses estimated at about USD 5,269,251,172.00 billion


https://noc.ly/index.php/en/new-4/5969-noc-confirms-restart-of-production-at-sharara-oil-field&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHGUzNTNmYzI0N2YyZGM3ODQ6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNEvFdlO4cjNiIF_m29pEGNcz0Jpm

Back to Top

Saudi Aramco Raises July Crude Official Selling Price to Asia

Saudi Aramco on Sunday raised the price at which it will sell oil to all global markets in July, after the Riyadh-led Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries agreed with its allies on Saturday to extend historic price cuts through the month of July.


State-run Saudi Arabian Oil Co. raised the official selling price of all grades of crude sold to the Far East in July, raising the July price for its Arab light crude oil to Asia by $6.10 a barrel from June to a 20 cents-a-barrel premium to the Oman/Dubai average.


Aramco also increased the price of super-light crude-oil by $7.30 a barrel, shifting its price from a discount to a $1.65-a-barrel premium to the Oman/Dubai average. With higher quality light grades of crude oil tending to be used in the production of jet fuel and gasoline, the move is a signal that Far East Asian oil demand is beginning to recover from the worst effects of coronavirus lockdowns.


In the wake of a demand-damaging coronavirus pandemic and a vertiginous price rout during April, the 23-nation alliance of OPEC and its allies agreed earlier this week to continue their efforts at rebalancing a global oil market in the early stages of recovery.


Led by Saudi Arabia and Russia, the cartel agreed in April to cut output by 9.7 million barrels a day, withholding some 13% of supply from the global oil market and elected this week to continue those cuts through the end of July before reducing them.


Oil prices have rallied over recent weeks amid the beginnings of a pickup in demand for oil and oil products as some regions have emerged from lockdown, and ahead of the widely-expected supply cut extension.


Analysts expect that the longer cuts will speed up the rebalancing of global oil supply and demand. In that vein, Aramco also increased all of its selling prices to the U.S., North West Europe, and the Mediterranean. In each of those reasons, the company increased its light crude prices by 60 cents a barrel, $4 a barrel, and $4.70 a barrel, respectively.


"The 9.7 million barrel-a-day production cuts were already working, extending them an extra month will tighten the market more quickly," said Ann-Louise Hittle, vice president of macro oils at consulting firm Wood Mackenzie, after OPEC's decision.


"The fundamentals show the oil market is recovering from March's price shock. Supply has shifted dramatically...[and] global demand is recovering too, with both May and June climbing from the low seen in April as the coronavirus-related shutdowns continue to ease," she added.


https://www.marketscreener.com/SAUDI-ARABIAN-OIL-COMPANY-103505448/news/Saudi-Aramco-Raises-July-Crude-Official-Selling-Price-to-Asia-30737333/&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHGMzMDI4NGM4N2E3MjhhZTM6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNGuZJigLFN2FWuhRqKNrwKDQ2DCB

Back to Top

OPEC, allied nations extend nearly 10-mil barrel cut by a month

OPEC and allied nations agreed Saturday to extend a production cut of nearly 10 million barrels of oil a day through the end of July, hoping to encourage stability in energy markets hard hit by the coronavirus-induced global economic crisis.


Ministers of the cartel and outside nations led by Russia met via video conference to adopt the measure, aimed at cutting the excess production depressing prices as global aviation remains largely grounded due to the pandemic. The curbed output represents some 10% of the world's overall supply.


But danger still lurks for the market, even as a number of nations ease virus-related lockdowns, and enforcing compliance remains thorny.


Algerian Oil Minister Mohamed Arkab, the current OPEC president, warned meeting attendees that the global oil inventory would soar to 1.5 billion barrels by the mid-point of this year.


“Despite the progress to date, we cannot afford to rest on our laurels,” Arkab said. “The challenges we face remain daunting.”


That was a message echoed by Saudi Oil Minister Abdulaziz bin Salman, who acknowledged “we all have made sacrifices to make it where we are today.” He said he remained shocked by the day in April when U.S. oil futures plunged below zero.


“There are encouraging signs we are over the worst,” he said.


Russian Energy Minister Alexander Novak similarly called April “the worst month in history” for the global oil market.


The decision came in a unanimous vote, Energy Minister Suhail al-Mazrouei of the United Arab Emirates wrote on Twitter. He called it “a courageous decision.”


But it is only a one-month extension of a production cut that was deep enough “to keep prices from going so low that it creates global financial risk but not enough to make prices very high, which would be a burden to consumers in a recessionary time,” said Amy Myers Jaffe, senior fellow at the Council for Foreign Relations.


“There is so much uncertainty that I think they took a conservative approach," she said. “You don’t know how much production is going to come back on. You don’t know what’s going to happen with demand. You don’t know if there’s going to be a second (pandemic) wave."


Jaffe said improved oil demand in China and Asia and a gradual stabilization of demand in the United States and to some extent Europe, where there's some cautious economic reopening, were encouraging for producers.


OPEC has 13 member states and is largely dominated by oil-rich Saudi Arabia. The additional countries involved part in the so-called OPEC Plus accord have been led by Russia, with Mexico under President Andrés Manuel López Obrador playing a considerable role at the last minute in the initial agreement.


Crude oil prices have been gaining in recent days, in part on hopes OPEC would continue the cut. International benchmark Brent crude traded Saturday at over $42 a barrel. Brent had crashed below $20 a barrel in April.


Earlier this year, when demand was down, Saudi Arabia was flooding the market with crude oil, helping to send prices down to record lows. That prompted the U.S. government in April to take the unusual step of getting involved in OPEC’s negotiations, pressuring members of the cartel to agree to cuts to help end the oil price free-fall.


At the time, President Donald Trump said the U.S. would help take on some of the cuts that Mexico was unwilling to make. And perhaps more importantly, a group of U.S. senators upset over the impact on U.S. shale production said at the time that they had drafted legislation which would remove American forces, including Patriot Missile batteries, from Saudi Arabia.


Under a deal reached in April, OPEC and allied countries were to cut nearly 10 million barrels per day until July, then 8 million barrels per day through the end of the year, and 6 million a day for 16 months beginning in 2021.


In a rambling Rose Garden speech on Friday, Trump took credit for the April deal. “People said that wasn’t possible but we got Saudi Arabia, Russia and others to cut back substantially,” he said. “We appreciate that very much.”


U.S. Energy Secretary Dan Brouillette tweeted his applause Saturday for the extension, which he said comes “at a pivotal time as oil demand continues to recover and economies reopen around the world.”


However, some countries have been producing beyond quotas set by the deal. One was Iraq, which remains decimated after a years-long war against the Islamic State group. Iraq Oil Ministry spokesman Assem Jihad said in a statement that Baghdad had “renewed its full commitment” to the OPEC Plus deal.


Analysts had expected only a one-month extension given the still fluctuating level of demand.


“If the demand is great, countries like Russia will want to produce more oil, so they probably won’t want to get locked into a longer-term deal that may not help them,” said Jacques Rousseau, managing director at Clearview Energy Partners.


In a research note, Clearview also said Saturday that the producers group "appears to be going to great lengths to keep the deal together despite unequal compliance” — trying to avoid public fights on the issue.


“That solution might work today, but not repeatedly,” it said, citing reports of rising Libyan output and the end of production cuts from Mexico that will heighten the need for compliance.


Major production cuts are simply untenable for countries such as Iraq, Oman and Ecuador, whose economies depend nearly exclusively on petroleum income, as they could face debt default.


https://japantoday.com/category/world/opec-allied-nations-extend-nearly-10m-barrel-cut-by-a-month?utm_source=twitter&utm_medium=referral&utm_campaign=dlvr.it

Back to Top

Japan's JXTG to seek spot barrels for any shortfall in July after OPEC+ cuts

Tokyo — Japan's largest refiner JXTG Nippon Oil & Energy said June 8 it will supplement any shortfall in July term crude oil requirements as a result of the near 10 million b/d OPEC+ production cut extension by purchasing cargoes from the spot market.


"Even in the event of facing supply cuts from our direct term contracts, we intend to procure our crude requirements from spot markets so that we do not foresee a major obstacle," a company spokesman told S&P Global Platts.


Japan sources roughly 90% of its crude imports from the Middle East, of which 70%-80% of the supplies are based on term contracts.


OPEC and its allies have agreed to maintain their record oil cuts through July -- albeit without Mexico -- to help steer the market through its nascent recovery from the coronavirus pandemic.


Ministers on June 6 approved a one-month rollover of their now 9.6 million b/d production cut accord, brushing aside Mexico's defection from the pact and receiving pledges of improved compliance from Iraq, Nigeria, Angola and Kazakhstan. The cuts -- originally 9.7 million b/d including Mexico -- had been scheduled to taper to 7.7 million b/d in July through the rest of the year.


For June loadings, Japanese refiners have received "larger-than-expected cuts" to their term crude supply from OPEC producers, keeping them balanced against plummeting domestic demand due to the coronavirus pandemic, Tsutomu Sugimori, president of the Petroleum Association of Japan, said May 22.


Saudi Aramco has informed at least one Japanese refiner that it will reduce its June-loading crude allocations by 20%-40%, with the cuts being made across all grades and larger cuts to heavier grades.


Demand recovery


Japan's gasoline demand has shown some recovery in recent weeks, following the lifting of the state of emergency on May 25 after bottoming out during the Golden Week national holidays over late April to early May.


The domestic gasoline shipments were estimated at 4.68 million barrels for the week over May 24-30, up 11% from the previous week, according to S&P Global Platts calculations based on the PAJ data.


The estimated May 24-30 gasoline shipments recovered to 4.72 million barrels over April 5-11, almost around the same level prior to the state of emergency, which was imposed on April 7.


Asked whether JXTG would consider importing gasoline beyond July during Japan's demand season amid signs of a gasoline demand recovery, the spokesman said: "We have a system in place to ensure stable supply for any fluctuations in demand."


Japan's spot gasoline price has also turned to an upward trend in recent weeks amid rising crude prices, coupled with demand recoveries during weekends amid tight domestic production.


"After the lifting [of the state of emergency], our [gasoline] demand improves about 10% from the worst as our weekend sales slightly increased," said a Japanese trader.


Another Japanese trader said: "The recovery is still on the way as the [overall] demand remains weaker than before but we are increasingly seeing more orders [for sales]."


As of June 8, Japan's domestic gasoline rack prices in Chiba, east of Tokyo Bay, stood at Yen 36,600/kiloliter ($53.15/b), up 30.2% or Yen 8,500/kiloliter from May 25 when the state of emergency was lifted, Platts data showed.


Japan's crude throughput dropped 7.7% week on week to 1.82 million b/d over May 24-30, with its refinery utilization rate falling to just 51.8% of the 3.5188 million b/d capacity, the Petroleum Association of Japan said June 3.


http://plts.co/61rl50A1wO1

Back to Top

Oil prices stumble as Saudis set end date for new OPEC+ cuts

SINGAPORE (Bloomberg) --Oil traded near $42 a barrel in London after OPEC and its allies agreed to extend historic output curbs by an extra month, but Saudi Arabia signaled it wouldn’t continue with additional, deeper curbs after June.


Brent futures were little changed, after rising as much as 2.6% in earlier trading. OPEC+ agreed over the weekend to extend record output curbs. Saudi Arabia -- which had curtailed output by more than its agreed quota -- said at a press conference Monday that those extra reductions will last just one month as planned, as the measures have served their purpose.


The extension of the existing limits is a victory for Saudi Arabia and Russia, which were deadlocked in a brutal price war just two months ago. OPEC+’s de-facto leaders showed their commitment to shore up oil markets globally, and even cajoled Iraq, Nigeria and other laggards to fulfill their promises to reduce production. Following the meeting, OPEC’s largest producer sharply hiked its official selling prices.


The supply cuts and a rebound in demand have helped oil prices double since April. China’s crude imports surged to a record high last month, while consumption in other major economies such as India is improving. Still, a sustained rebound in prices may be hampered by deteriorating relations between Washington and Beijing, a second wave of infections, or returning U.S. shale supply.


Prices


- Brent for August settlement fell 1 cent to $42.29 a barrel as of 12:47 p.m. London time

- Brent for August settlement fell 1 cent to $42.29 a barrel as of 12:47 p.m. London time Based on Brent’s relative strength index, oil is sitting in overbought territory and due for a decline

- Based on Brent’s relative strength index, oil is sitting in overbought territory and due for a decline West Texas Intermediate for July delivery fell 0.7% to $39.28

- West Texas Intermediate for July delivery fell 0.7% to $39.28 The WTI strip for 2021 was at $41.29, the highest since March


Following the new deal, Saudi Arabia pressed on by increasing some crude prices by the most in at least two decades. The hikes erased almost all of the discounts the kingdom made during its brief price war with Russia, with the steepest increases hitting July exports to Asia.


As OPEC met virtually over the weekend, Tropical Storm Cristobal was swirling over the Gulf of Mexico. Offshore drillers idled about a third of oil production, amounting to about 636,000 barrels of daily output, due to the storm, according to the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement. The storm has now crossed the coast.


Meanwhile, Libya’s biggest oil fields are gradually resuming production after a five-month shutdown due to civil war. Output will start at an initial 30,000 barrels a day at Sharara and it will take three months to return to full capacity, according to National Oil Corp. Supply from El-Feel also restarted on Sunday, according to a person with direct knowledge of the situation.


http://ow.ly/BmCH50A1Cwu

Back to Top

Turning off shale wells raises questions about risk to future production

The coronavirus pandemic and the unprecedented plunge in energy demand has forced oil companies to shut down wells by the thousands, providing another test for a shale industry that restored the U.S. as a leading global producer and spurred Houston’s economy for more than a decade.


Well shut-ins, as the closings are known, have never occurred on this scale during the shale industry’s short history, and that has sparked a debate over how — and if — shale drilling will recover from the oil crash. No one knows for sure what happens to a shale well when the spigot is turned off for several months or longer, raising the question of whether oil will flow freely again when wells are restarted or fizzle out like a bottle of stale soda.


The result will determine how quickly U.S. oil production and local economies that depend on it rebound from the steep downturn that has battered energy companies, bankrupted some and cost thousands of jobs. If shale output languishes when demand ramps up, the American oil industry could lose out on market share and money while oil-focused economies such as Houston’s surrender investment and employment.


“We’re in uncharted territory,” said Matthew Fitzsimmons, vice president of energy research at Norway-based Rystad Energy. “Operators can use downhole sensors to make an educated guess, but it’s going to be hard to tell. The truth is going to come out when they turn it back on.”


Operators that shut down rigs run several risks: Valves and well parts could corrode, allowing water and other sediment to enter the well shaft. The well also could lose pressure and the oil could move to a different part of the reservoir, lowering the expected total output.


“If you don’t protect the well integrity and pressure of the reservoir, the decline curve will be even more steep,” Fitzsimmons said, referring to the naturally declining lifespan of shale wells. “Pressure could be down so you don’t get the peak. You don’t get as much oil as you had expected.”


Not everyone in the industry believes there is a risk involved with shutting in wells. Several energy companies, including Continental Resources and Pioneer Energy Resources, have gone on the record saying they don’t expect any damage from shutting in wells.


“I think the statement of great risk and economic damage to wells is overblown,” said Ed Hirs, a petroleum economist with the University of Houston. “They’re temporarily closing off the valve. Wells come back pretty easily, especially oil wells. The real challenge is the loss of revenue. That’s the part that hurts.”


The energy industry has already slashed production by shutting down existing rigs, postponing well completions and cutting back on new wells.


Last week the number of operating rigs in the nation dipped below 300 for the first time, down 70 percent from a year ago, according to Baker Hughes. Meanwhile, domestic crude production is expected to tumble to 11.7 million barrels a day in 2020, down from 12.2 million in 2019, according to the Energy Information Administration.


But tallying up the number of shut-ins is more difficult. Rystad, however, estimates that the figure is well into the thousands.


‘The easy part’


Shutting in a well, simply put, involves going out to a wellhead and turning off some pumps and valves, flushing equipment with cleansing agent nitrogen, applying anti-corrosion treatments and securing the property. The process can take less than a day to complete.


Exploration and production companies usually hire oil field service firms to shut in wells. Typically, older, lower-margin wells are shut in first before more productive wells.


Halliburton, a Houston oil field service firm, said it has long offered specific shut-in services, such as protecting an electric submersible pump, but in recent months has provided more comprehensive well diagnostics and consultations for a successful restart. The company’s goal is to balance shutting the wells at the lowest possible cost while preventing any well or reservoir damage that could affect its long-term productivity.


“Shutting in wells is the easy part,” said Shannon Slocum, Halliburton’s senior vice president of global business development and marketing. “The question is how to bring these wells back to their production level after shut-in.”


The risk of damage increases the longer a well is shut in, according to Wood Mackenzie, a U.K.-based energy research firm.


“Routine short-term shut ins — days to weeks — for maintenance seem to cause few reservoir problems,” Wood Mackenzie said in a recent report. “But widespread shut in of tight-oil horizontal wells is rare, so the long-term reservoir response is uncertain.”


Avoiding surprises


Energy companies are split on the impact shut-ins could have on shale wells.


Apache has shut in around 2,500 wells nationally in response to the oil bust. Clay Bretches, the Houston oil and gas producer’s executive vice president of operations, said the company is focused on preserving its wells, surface equipment and tanks so that when oil prices rise to a level where they can flip the switch back on, production can resume as quickly as possible.


“A lot of times when you shut in wells, especially for a long period of time, you have a lot of surprises when you turn them back on. Some of them are good, some of them are bad,” Bretches told analysts in a conference call last month. “What can happen is you can end up with a lot of corrosion if you have not done everything in your power to make sure that you preserve those wells when you shut them in. So we’re taking great pains to make sure that preservation is going correctly.”


Continental Resources has cut production by 70 percent, shutting in almost all of its wells in North Dakota and cutting nearly 150,000 barrels of oil per day in May and June. CEO John Hart, however, said the Oklahoma-based company has more than a decade of experience drilling in the Bakken shale of North Dakota and doesn’t fear any damage from shut-ins.


“Our experience and our history in the plays we’re in shows us there’s no impact of shutting in production,” Hart told analysts last month. “So we don’t expect to have any impact whatsoever.”


https://www.houstonchronicle.com/business/energy/article/Turning-off-shale-wells-raises-questions-about-15320737.php&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjQ3MzczNDYwZjA3ODRhOGI6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNHfKAANcfuVdFWWyhkDjVwIPTJOe

Back to Top

Tax-paid marked fuel tops 8 billion – liter mark

MANILA, Philippines — Over eight billion liters of fuel were already marked by the government to date after oil firms paid their correct import duties and excise taxes.


Bureau of Customs (BOC) Deputy Commissioner Teddy Sandy S. Raval told the Inquirer last Friday that as of June 4, 8.08 billion liters of oil products had been injected with chemical markers since the fuel marking program began last September.


Finance Secretary Carlos G. Dominguez III earlier said 20 companies regularly participated in fuel marking: Chevron, Era1, Filoil, Goldenshare, High Glory Subic, Insular Oil, Jadelink, Jetti, Marubeni, Micro Dragon, Petron, Phoenix, PTT, Seaoil, Shell, SL Gas, SL Harbor, Total/Filoil, Unioil, and Warbucks.


As of end-May, the biggest volumes of fuel were marked in Petron, Shell, Unioil, Chevron and Seaoil’s facilities.


The BOC and the Bureau of Internal Revenue (BIR) continued fuel marking even during the COVID-19 lockdown as the program had been exempted from the quarantine restrictions on movement of goods and people.


The BOC marked oil in depots, tank trucks, vessels, warehouses, and fuel-transporting vehicles.


For its part, the BIR tested in refineries and their attached depots, gasoline stations, and retail outlets.


The country’s two biggest revenue agencies have deputization and police authority during field testing so they can not only seize adulterated, diluted or unmarked petroleum but also arrest unscrupulous traders.


The joint venture of SGS Philippines Inc. and Switzerland-based SICPA SA had been producing and providing the ready-to-use official marker as well as conducting actual marking in all taxable oil products nationwide.


Fuel marking costs P0.06884 per liter, shouldered by the government during its first year of implementation.


The Department of Finance (DOF) targets to collect an additional P20 billion in tax revenues through fuel marking this year.


Last year, DOF officials estimated the total volume of fuel needed to be marked at 15.2 billion liters.


The fuel marking program was aimed at combating oil smuggling and misdeclaration to further raise government revenues.


In 2016, foregone revenues from excise taxes and value-added tax (VAT) uncollected from smuggled and misdeclared oil products amounted to P26.9 billion, over half of the actual P52.6-billion collections of the BOC and the BIR that year.


The Manila-based multilateral lender Asian Development Bank (ADB) had a larger estimate of P37.5-billion foregone tax revenues yearly no thanks to oil smuggling, while a study commissioned by domestic industry players had pegged revenue losses to as high as P43.8 billion annually.


https://business.inquirer.net/299402/tax-paid-marked-fuel-tops-8-billion-liter-mark&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjYyMmNhMDFmYmUxYmFlODk6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNHiOrg7O_ifXdrZ1BC_4xIqvgx9a

Back to Top

March saw major declines in U.S. demand for petroleum products

U.S. product supplied of selected petroleum products

Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, U.S. Energy Information Administration, Petroleum Supply Monthly


As stay-at-home orders and mitigation efforts for the 2019 novel coronavirus disease (COVID-19) took effect and limited travel starting in the second half of March 2020, gasoline and jet fuel demand (as measured by product supplied) fell by near-record amounts, according to data in the U.S. Energy Information Administration’s Petroleum Supply Monthly.


From February to March, gasoline demand fell by 1.2 million barrels per day (b/d) (13%) to 7.8 million b/d, the lowest level since January 2000 and the second-largest monthly decline on record. During the same period, jet fuel demand fell by 242,000 b/d (15%), the largest single monthly change in U.S. jet fuel demand in EIA’s data, which dates back to 1965.


By comparison, demand for distillate fuel in March remained near its January and February levels, falling only 98,000 b/d (2%). Because of its stronger ties to economic activity, distillate consumption was initially less affected by COVID-19 mitigation efforts than gasoline and jet fuel, which are more closely tied to commuting and personal travel.


U.S. gross inputs to refineries

Source: U.S. Energy Information Administration, U.S. Energy Information Administration, Petroleum Supply Monthly


The drop in demand for petroleum products led refineries to limit operations: U.S. gross inputs into refineries fell by 670,000 b/d (4%) from February to March to average 15.8 million b/d, the lowest monthly level since October 2015.


The U.S. Gulf Coast region, or Petroleum Administration for Defense District (PADD) 3, is home to more than half of U.S. refining capacity. Unlike refinery runs in other regions of the United States, Gulf Coast refinery runs remained relatively unchanged between February and March as some refineries in the region returned to operation after maintenance in February. Also, Gulf Coast refineries tend to provide petroleum products to be exported or shipped to other parts of the United States, meaning their operations are less connected to in-region changes in demand.


Refineries in the other parts of the country decreased operations in March. In particular, gross inputs into refineries on the West Coast fell by 267,000 b/d (10%) from February to March.


Rapid changes in petroleum product demand and relatively slower changes in crude oil production and refinery operations led to increases in petroleum inventories. From February to March, U.S. crude oil inventories increased by 28.2 million barrels (6%) to reach 482 million barrels, the third-largest month-over-month increase in EIA data, which dates back to 1981, the beginning of the modern Petroleum Supply Reporting System.


As a result of these increases in inventory levels, in early April, EIA began to track oil storage utilization in the Weekly U.S. and regional crude oil stocks and working storage capacity report. This weekly tracker indicated that U.S. crude oil stocks reached 52% of working capacity the last week of March.


The data series presented in EIA’s Petroleum Supply Monthly are considered EIA’s definitive estimates of petroleum supply, disposition, and inventories. Other EIA products such as the Weekly Petroleum Status Report and the Short-Term Energy Outlook also provide near-term estimates and forecasts, respectively, of petroleum market metrics. A previous Today in Energy article discusses the differences in these products.


https://go.usa.gov/xw94h

Back to Top

Oil is up $80 in seven weeks. The remarkable recovery could be too good to be true

New York (CNN Business) The oil market has rapidly recovered from its darkest day ever.


US crude topped $40 a barrel this week. That wouldn't typically be notable -- but right now, that marks an $80 leap from its unprecedented trip below zero just seven weeks ago, when it hit a low of -$40.32 a barrel on April 20. Meanwhile Brent crude, the world benchmark, has more than doubled since mid-April.


The remarkable oil recovery is being driven by hopes of a sharp rebound in the world economy from the coronavirus pandemic that crushed demand for gasoline, jet fuel and diesel.


The oil comeback also reflects enthusiasm for record-setting production cuts by OPEC, Russia and their allies, plus the sharp pullback in output from the United States, the world's leading producer.


Yet there are rising concerns that the rally in the oil patch is too good to be true. The glut of unneeded barrels hasn't gone away. Even the biggest oil bulls don't see demand returning to pre-pandemic levels anytime soon. And the threat of a second wave of coronavirus infections looms large.


"The market may have gotten a little ahead of itself. The risks are skewed sharply to the downside," said Bob McNally, president of consulting firm Rapidan Energy Group.


Oil traders are betting the vast oversupply of barrels that turned prices negative on April 20 will quickly vanish. But analysts stressed that this delicate rebalancing takes considerable time -- and it's no slam dunk.


Goldman Sachs: Fundamentals are 'turning bearish'


JBC Energy Group cautioned that oil prices will need a "confluence of bullish surprises" just to maintain current levels.


Goldman Sachs warned Monday that oil market fundamentals are "turning bearish" and prices will likely suffer a "pullback" in the coming weeks.


The Wall Street bank cited four major challenges: Demand expectations are "running ahead" of fundamentals; the level of inventories remains "daunting"; US shale and Libyan oil production is already restarting; and prices are approaching levels that will cause OPEC supply cuts to ease and Chinese purchases to slow.


Goldman Sachs expects US oil prices will average just $34 in the third quarter.


That's despite the latest efforts by OPEC to revive the market from its historic collapse. Last weekend, OPEC and all but one of its allied countries reached a deal to extend the record oil production cuts through July. Moreover, the group achieved new commitments to adhere to quotas from countries like Iraq and Nigeria that weren't doing so.


The agreement underscores dramatically improved relations within OPEC+ following the epic price war between Saudi Arabia and Russia.


"Russia and Saudi Arabia are no longer at each other's throats. They are arm-in-arm," said McNally.


Demand is returning


At the same time, the world's thirst for oil is slowly improving. The lifting of stay-at-home orders is naturally causing an uptick in demand for motor gasoline, jet fuel and diesel off extremely weak levels. Even New York City, the epicenter of the pandemic, is beginning to reopen its economy.


"End-user demand is clearly on the upswing," Michael Tran, director of global energy strategy at RBC Capital Markets, wrote in a Tuesday note to clients.


That's clear in US gasoline demand, which climbed by 885,000 barrels per day over the past week, according to RBC estimates based on real-time traffic data. That marks the best seven-day performance since stay-at-home orders were relaxed.


Although most models on Wall Street predicted supply-demand balances would flip into deficit later this month or early next, Tran said there are signs suggesting that bullish transition could happen weeks earlier than anticipated.


The pandemic isn't over


Of course, the risk is that the rebalancing in the oil market is derailed by a resurgence of coronavirus infections that causes authorities to abandon their reopening plans.


That's what is happening in Israel, which announced Monday it would "hit the emergency brake" on its reopening plans because of a sharp increase of coronavirus cases.


Morgan Stanley biotech analyst Matthew Harrison said in a note on Tuesday that the bank is monitoring for a potential "breakout" in states where new cases and/or hospitalizations are "accelerating again." Harrison listed Arizona, California, Oregon, Florida, South Carolina and Texas as states to watch. Morgan Stanley now predicts a total of 2.5 million Americans will get infected, up sharply from its forecast for 1.4 million infections just a month ago.


"A second wave of the pandemic isn't such a distant possibility anymore," Bjornar Tonhaugen, head of oil markets at Rystad Energy, wrote in a note on Tuesday. "If it is realized, oil demand, which has slowly been recovering, might plunge back to lockdown levels."


'Shale will come back.' But how fast?


Even if the health crisis remains under control, there is a risk that the rebound in the oil market will once again be self-defeating. In recent years, higher prices have encouraged oil companies, especially US frackers, to sharply ramp up output. That in turn led to excess supply.


ConocoPhillips COP "We do have to be worried about a double bump in this process,"CEO Ryan Lance said during a CERAWeek conversation that was published Tuesday.


Wall Street will strongly urge once-booming shale companies to exercise restraint as they dip their toes back in the water.


"Shale is not broke; shale is not gone; shale will come back," Lance said. "But I do think it comes back slower because there's going to be pressure on companies to refine their capital program, maybe not grow dramatically as they were before."


McNally, the Rapidan Energy president, agreed that shale oil companies will be careful.


"After an $80 swing in oil prices, the champagne is not yet uncorked," he said. "It's way too early to celebrate."


https://www.cnn.com/2020/06/09/investing/oil-prices-opec-coronavirus/index.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHGUzNTNmYzI0N2YyZGM3ODQ6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNHswyUUJfUa_3m6dmH7_iR5ngwgm

Back to Top

Libya’s Largest Oil Field Shuts Down Just One Day After It Restarted

Armed individuals entered Libya’s largest oil field, El Sharara, just a day after reports said the field had restarted production after months of idling amid the ongoing civil war. Another force majeure has been declared.


Reuters quotes the National Oil Corporation as saying the “armed force” had told the workers on the field to stop working just hours after they had begun planned maintenance at the field. NOC itself told its employees not to obey that order. Details about the armed force were not disclosed.


"The armed group, which came from Sebha, stormed the Sharara oilfield and pulled their guns on civilian unarmed workers, coercing them to stop production at the field at dawn," the NOC said in a Tuesday statement.


The first production phase at Sharara was supposed to begin at a capacity of 30,000 bpd, Libya’s state oil firm said in a statement, noting that production was expected to return to full capacity within 90 days due to the damages caused by the long shutdown. The field has a total production capacity of 300,000 bpd.


Libya also restarted a second oilfield over the weekend, the 70,000-bpd El Feel which is linked to Sharara, a field engineer told Reuters on Sunday.


Libya’s oil industry ground to halt after the Libyan National Army, a group affiliated with the eastern government of Libya, blockades the oil export terminals of the country. The blockade was part of the LNA’s offensive against Tripoli and the UN-supported government.


Fighting has been ongoing since then, with oil production falling from over 1 million bpd to less than 100,000 bpd, with exports shrinking by 92 percent between January and May. The NOC also said last month the total losses incurred from the blockade and the production outages had reached $5 billion.


“The first quarter of 2020 was a huge decrease in revenues for Libya, as a direct result of the illegal blockade of numerous oil and gas facilities. This is only part of the picture, as the corrosion in pipes caused by still oil and salt water is resulting in physical damage that will cost millions to fix when the crisis is over,” NOC’s chairman, Mustafa Sanalla said in late May.


https://oilprice.com/Energy/Crude-Oil/Libyas-Largest-Oil-Field-Shuts-Down-Just-One-Day-After-It-Restarted.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHGUzNTNmYzI0N2YyZGM3ODQ6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNH8hN3uPS8L0sQulEOwU8dk9Z-aW

Back to Top

Why Saudi Arabia Will Lose The Next Oil Price War

Saudi Arabia has instigated two oil price wars in the last decade and has lost both. Given its apparent inability to learn from its mistakes it may well instigate another one but it will lose that as well. In the process, it has created a political and economic strait-jacket for itself in which the only outcome is its eventual effective bankruptcy. OilPrice.com outlines why this is so below.


The principal target for Saudi Arabia in both of its recent oil price wars has been the U.S. shale industry. In the first oil price war from 2014 to 2016, the Saudi’s objective was to halt the development of the U.S. shale sector by pushing oil prices so low through overproduction that so many of its companies went bankrupt that the sector no longer posed a threat to the then-Saudi dominance of the global oil markets. In the second oil price war which only just ended, the main Saudi objective was exactly the same, with the added target of stopping U.S. shale producers from scooping up the oil supply contracts that were being unfilled by Saudi Arabia as the Kingdom complied with the oil production cuts mandated by various OPEC and OPEC+ output cut agreements.


In the run-up to the first oil price war, the Saudis can be forgiven for thinking that they stood a chance of destroying the then-relatively nascent U.S. shale sector. It was widely assumed that the breakeven price across the U.S. shale sector was US$70 per barrel and that this figure was largely inflexible. Saudi Arabia also held record high foreign assets reserves of US$737 billion at the time of launching the first oil war. This allowed it room for manoeuvre in sustaining its economically crucial SAR-US$-currency peg and in covering any budget deficits that would be caused by the oil price fall. At a private meeting in October 2014 in New York between Saudi officials and other senior figures in the global oil industry, the Saudis were ‘extremely confident’ of securing a victory ‘within a matter of months’, a New York-based banker with close knowledge of the meeting told OilPrice.com. This, the Saudis thought, would not only permanently disable the U.S, shale industry but would also impose some supply discipline on other OPEC members. Related: Will U.S. Shale Ever Return To Its Boom Days?


As it transpired, of course, the Saudis had disastrously misjudged the ability of the U.S. shale sector to reshape itself into a much meaner, leaner, and lower-cost flexible industry. Many of the better operations in the core areas of the Permian and Bakken, in particular, were able to breakeven at price points above US$30 per barrel and to make decent profits at points above US$37 per barrel area, driven in large part through advances in technology and operational agility. After two years of attrition, the Saudis caved in, having moved from a budget surplus to a then-record high deficit in late 2015 of US$98 billion. It had also spent at least US$250 billion of its precious foreign exchange reserves over that period that were lost forever. In an unprecedented move for a serving senior Saudi politician, the country’s deputy economic minister, Mohamed Al Tuwaijri, stated unequivocally in 2016 that: “If we [Saudi Arabia] don’t take any reform measures, …then we’re doomed to bankruptcy in three to four years.”


The even more enduring legacy of this first oil price war, though – and part of the reason why the Saudis could never hope to win the last one, or any future oil price war either – is that it created the resilience of the U.S. shale sector as it now stands. This means that the U.S. shale sector as a whole can cope with extremely low oil prices for a lot longer than it takes Saudi Arabia to be bankrupted by them. Saudi Arabia has much greater fixed costs attached to its oil sector, regardless of how low market prices go. Before the onset of the latest oil price war, the Kingdom had an official budget breakeven price of US$84 per barrel of Brent but, given the economic damage done by this latest price war folly, it is much higher now. By stark contrast, the U.S. shale sector that Saudi crucially helped to shape in the first oil price war is now so nimble that US$25-30 per barrel of WTI is enough to bring some of the production back on line, as long as operators believe that prices will not fall and hold below the US$20 per barrel level. But, even if prices are below that key US$25-30 per barrel level, it does not matter to the long-term survivability of the U.S. shale sector as the key players are able to shut down wells instantly as and when needed and to start up them up again within a week as demand requires. In sum: in any oil price war, the Saudis simply cannot wait out the U.S. shale sector.


On the other hand, though – in a rising oil price environment - the Saudis are also doomed. This is because the U.S. – even before the latest oil price war – had intimated that it would not tolerate oil prices above around US$70 per barrel of Brent. When the oil price rose last year during the March-October period consistently above US$70 per barrel level, U.S, President Donald Trump Tweeted about Saudi Arabia’s King Salman that: “He would not last in power for two weeks without the backing of the U.S. military.” The US$70 per barrel level is considered one that brings into view oil price levels that might pose problems for the U.S. economy. Specifically, it is estimated that every US$10 per barrel change in the price of crude oil results in a 25-30 cent change in the price of a gallon of gasoline, and for every 1 cent that the average price per gallon of gasoline rises, more than US$1 billion per year in consumer spending is lost. Related: OPEC+ Agrees On Extending Record Output Cuts


Before this latest Saudi-instigated oil price war, the U.S. had little interest in the fact that this US$70 per barrel level was way below Saudi Arabia’s then-budget breakeven oil price. After this latest attack on its strategically vital shale sector, the U.S. has absolutely no interest whatsoever in this budget breakeven fact or indeed in whether Saudi Arabia continues to slowly haemorrhage into bankruptcy in the coming years, according to a number of Washington-based sources close to the U.S. Presidential Administration spoken to by OilPrice.com in the last few weeks. Partly this indifference is due to the perceived ‘betrayal’ of the foundation stone deal that had determined the two countries relationship since 1945. This was that the U.S. would receive all of the oil supplies it needed for as long as Saudi Arabia had oil in place, in return for which the U.S. would guarantee the security of the ruling House of Saud. This altered slightly with the advent of the U.S. shale sector to ensure that Saudi Arabia also allows the U.S. shale industry to continue to function and grow.


Partly as well, this indifference is due to the series of other blunders that senior U.S. politicians believe have been made by Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman (MbS), which now make him a liability. This includes – but is not limited to – the Saudi-led war in Yemen, the cosying up of Saudi to Russia in the OPEC+ grouping, Lebanese President Michel Aoun’s allegation in 2017 that then-Prime Minister Saad al Hariri had been kidnapped by the Saudis and forced to resign, and the murder of dissident Saudi journalist, Jamal Khashoggi, which even the CIA concluded was personally ordered by MbS.


These factors culminated in President Trump making his earlier Tweeted implied threat about the fragile hold that the al-Sauds have on power in Saudi Arabia without U.S. assistance into a guaranteed promise during a telephone conversation on 2 April with MbS. During this call, Trump reportedly told MbS that unless OPEC started cutting oil production (with the implication being to push up prices to levels where the U.S. shale producers could start making decent profits) then he would be powerless to stop lawmakers from passing legislation to withdraw U.S. troops from Saudi Arabia. Shortly thereafter, MbS did what he was told. The change in this rhetoric from implied threat to guaranteed action means that this is now in the fabric of all future U.S. dealings with Saudi Arabia and it brings the Saudis crashing back to the basic problem. That is: economically it cannot afford to continue to crush oil prices for long enough to cause sustained damage to the U.S. shale sector, politically it is not permitted to allow prices to rise high enough to avoid eventual effective bankruptcy, and any pricing in between just allows the U.S. shale sector to make greater profits and grow even more. In this regard, the OPEC+ production cuts are perhaps the cruellest cut of all for the Saudis: the Saudis have to implement them and abide by them because they are needed to keep oil prices high enough to ensure the profitability and growth of the U.S. shale sector but the cuts cannot continue for long enough to allow the Saudis back into an ongoing budget surplus.


Already in this context, March saw Saudi Arabia’s central bank depleted its net foreign assets at the fastest rate since at least 2000, falling by just over SAR100 billion (US$27 billion). This is a full 5 per cent decrease from just the previous month, and the total reserves figure now stands at just US$464 billion, the lowest level since 2011. It leaves only US$164 billion of ‘fighting reserves’ that can be used on everything else that Saudi needs when the US$300 billion that is estimated to be needed to keep the economic cornerstone SAR/US$-peg is subtracted. At the same time, the Kingdom slipped into a US$9 billion+ budget deficit in the first quarter and a number of independent analysts are predicting that its overall gross domestic product could shrink by more than 3 per cent this year (the first outright contraction since 2017 and the biggest since 1999), whilst the budget deficit could widen to 15 per cent of economic output.


https://oilprice.com/Energy/Energy-General/Why-Saudi-Arabia-Will-Lose-The-Next-Oil-Price-War.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjQ3MzczNDYwZjA3ODRhOGI6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNFYcD0dBl0dRFse1r539-k5SjDNP

Back to Top

Another Rough Road in 1Q2020 for Top U.S. Natural Gas Marketers

The year started as 2019 had ended for leading natural gas marketers, with 1Q2020 continuing the sales declines that have hampered the industry for four consecutive quarters, according to NGI’s Top North American Natural Gas Marketers rankings.


The 23 gas marketers that participated in both NGI's latest quarterly survey and the year-ago survey reported combined sales transactions of 122.85 Bcf/d in 1Q2020, a 4% decline compared with 127.63 Bcf/d in 1Q2019. The addition of two marketers since the 1Q2019 survey -- Hartree Partners (2.05 Bcf/d) and Engie Energy Marketing NA (1.04 Bcf/d) -- brought the 1Q2020 survey total to 125.94 Bcf/d.


It was the fourth consecutive quarterly NGI survey to report year/year declines. Prior to decreases reported in the 2Q2019 survey, marketers had reported year/year increases in six consecutive surveys. The NGI survey ranks marketers on sales transactions only. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Form 552 tallies both purchases and sales.


In the latest survey, seven of the survey's Top 10 marketers, including the three leaders, as well as 16 companies overall, reported lower numbers in 1Q2020 than in the year-ago period. Substantial year/year declines were reported by BP plc (19.83 Bcf/d, compared with 22.22 Bcf/d in 1Q2019) and Macquarie Energy (11.69 Bcf/d from 13.04 Bcf/d in 1Q2019), the survey’s perennial No. 1 and No. 2, respectively.


London-based BP, for years the top gas marketer in North America, in February set ambitious targets to become a net zero carbon emitter by at least 2050. Last year, BP’s shareholders voted overwhelmingly to approve a resolution aligning the business strategy with the 2015 United Nations climate change accord, aka the Paris Agreement.


Year/year declines were less dramatic for Tenaska (10.70 Bcf/d, a 3% decline compared with 11.00 Bcf/d in 1Q2019) and Shell Energy NA (9.90 Bcf/d) was unchanged compared with the year-ago period. ConocoPhillips (8.49 Bcf/d) reported only a 1% decline.


Direct Energy (7.50 Bcf/d) bucked the downward trend, reporting a 6% increase compared with 1Q2019, enough to bump it up one spot to No. 6 in the NGI survey.


Rounding out the Top 10 were Sequent Energy Management (6.90 Bcf/d, a 1% decrease), J. Aron & Co. (5.60 Bcf/d, an 18% decrease), EDF Trading NA (4.44 Bcf/d, a 7% decrease), and Chevron Corp. (4.36 Bcf/d, a 2% increase).


With Covid-19 mitigation efforts only recently beginning to be relaxed and the Atlantic hurricane season off to a roaring start, 2Q2020 might not provide marketers with any better opportunities than 1Q2020.


“Drilling and production have been pulling off at a historic pace and this could continue into the second quarter, although the recent recovery in oil prices to near $40/bbl could moderate this trend as some oil wells become economic in low cost areas such as the Permian Basin,” said NGI market analyst Nate Harrison.


“While the ‘curve’ of new daily cases of Covid-19 continues to flatten/decline, there has been a recent uptick over the past week, likely due to the protests sweeping the nation. While some speculate the close-quarters gatherings of protesters could spark a new wave of cases, it's unclear whether a second wave of the virus could lead to lockdown measures being reimposed later this year.


“Volatility in the benchmark Henry Hub futures price has been in decline since the middle of May, with the Bollinger bands contracting the most over the past week. Contracting Bollinger bands, especially when accompanied by lower trading volumes, are often a leading indicator of a technical breakout.”


U.S. dry gas production averaged 92.2 Bcf/d in 1Q2020, but in 2Q2020 output has stumbled to 87.7 Bcf/d through Monday (June 8).


“Domestic dry gas production has rebounded a bit since bottoming at 82.7 Bcf/d, and has been anywhere between 83.8 Bcf/d and 84.5 Bcf/d thus far in June,” said NGI’s Patrick Rau, director of Strategy and Research. “Meanwhile, industrial and liquefied natural gas demand continue to trend lower, although power generation demand has stepped up to help fill the void. As such, there could very well be a bit of a shakeup in the 2Q2020 rankings versus the first quarter of the year.”


The equation for marketers could be further complicated by what forecasters say could be more active than normal Atlantic hurricane season. Though storms don’t pack the same punch they once did on gas supplies, they now can have a more pronounced impact on the demand side. Already the 2020 hurricane season, which officially began June 1, has produced Tropical Storm Arthur, Tropical Storm Bertha, and Tropical Storm Cristobal, which forced some shut-ins as it crossed the Gulf of Mexico and came ashore in Southeast Louisiana Sunday.


Other highlights of NGI’s 1Q2020 survey included a 57% increase year/year for ARM Energy Management (3.16 Bcf/d), a 6% increase for ExxonMobil (3.14 Bcf/d), a 4% increase for Cabot Oil & Gas Corp. (2.36 Bcf/d), and an 11% increase for Ovintiv (1.57 Bcf/d), formerly Encana Corp.


https://www.naturalgasintel.com/articles/122239-another-rough-road-in-1q2020-for-top-us-natural-gas-marketers&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHGE0NjNlMGVlODc0Mjk3NmU6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNGP2h1TnzsJDHQaCE69pIviIB1VX

Back to Top

The world's largest oil trader saw profits dive 70% at the start of 2020 as prices crumbled

- The Financial Times reported that oil trading giant Vitol saw profits plunge in the first quarter of 2020, dropping from around $600 million in Q1 last year, to just $180 million now, a fall of 70%.

- The firm, the world's largest oil trader, was hit hard by the crash in oil prices, and by a bet by one trader that turned sour, the FT reported.

- US oil prices turned negative in mid-April due to tanking demand during the pandemic and lack of storage space.

- Vitol is said to have "done well" in the week prices turned negative, the FT added.


The oil market crash in late April blindsied many in the markets, and hardly anyone was spared - not even the world's largest oil trader.


The Financial Times reported Tuesday, citing multiple confidential sources, that Vitol's net income fell 70% in the first quarter to $180 million. During the same period last year the company made around $600 million, the FT said.


As the FT reports, Vitol's significant loss of income during the crash likely came as a surprise to CEO Russell Hardy, who in February said on Bloomberg TV that: "The expectation of the market today is it's not going to get significantly worse than what we've seen."


Hardy's comments came before Saudi Arabia and Russia kicked off a price war in March, and demand for the commodity took a massive beating during the pandemic with every major economy placed under lockdown.


The US oil market also faced negative prices in April after the May futures contract expired, forcing traders to face taking physical delivery of their oil, or sell it at a loss.


Part of Vitol's struggle, the FT reported, was caused by a bet by one partner - Yaoyao Liu - who the newspaper said built a large position betting on an oil recovery after it's initial crash in late February and early March.


The newspaper, which referred to Liu as a "whizz kid," said he cited China's speedy move out of lockdown as showing that government's could handle the virus quickly, and that oil demand would recover. However, the FT added, the "bet turned sour."


Brent crude, the international benchmark more than halved, falling from almost $60 a barrel to $25 in March.


It is unclear how much Liu's bet lost, but the FT also reported that a recruiter had emailed a rival oil trading house to say that Vitol had lost as much as $1.6 billion.


The company denied that number and demanded a retraction from the recruiter in question, which it received, the FT added.


While Vitol lost money on Liu's bet, the FT said, it managed to perform strongly during the week in which oil prices dropped below zero for the first time ever, buying up cheap oil for storage and sale once prices recovered.


"Vitol is said by three rivals to have done well," during that week, the FT said.


Vitol did not immediately respond to a request for comment on the Financial Times' story when contacted by Business Insider.


Oil prices have recovered since WTI turned negative in April, partly due to the easing of lockdowns and OPEC production cuts. The international coalition announced it would slash production by 9.7 million barrels over May and June. On Saturday, the OPEC+ extended the production cuts until July.


Both oil benchmarks are trading lower Tuesday, with Brent hovering just above $40.45 per barrel, down 0.9%, and WTI down 0.5% at $37.20 as of 8.30 a.m. ET.


https://www.businessinsider.com/oil-price-vitol-worlds-biggest-trader-profits-drop-70-percent-2020-6&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjk5YzNmM2Y0NmU2Yjk4MTk6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNHg_LNyxd_sx7MRmblTl5CMHC4E1

Back to Top

Recent oil price hikes likely to be short-lived: analysts



Recent international oil price hikes are unlikely to gain further momentum in the near future due mostly to internal conflict among oil producers over production cuts and COVID-19 showing signs of sporadically flaring up, industry watchers said Monday.


Experts and financial institutions view crude oil prices rising to pre-pandemic level as unlikely for the time being given virus-triggered demand shock will not see an immediate recovery with the travel and airline industries reeling from a rapid deterioration of profits.


Brent Crude prices topped $40 (48,100) a barrel early June 3 (local time), the first time since two global oil powers ― Saudi Arabia and Russia ― began a war defined by production cuts following the breaking of a pact signed by Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) Plus, the group of primary oil producers, March 6.


The prices have since fluctuated, with Brent Crude hovering around $43 and Western Texas Intermediate (WTI) $40 as of Monday.


The sharp recovery is notable given the WTI fell into the negative territory in April, an unprecedented drop led by a massive supply overhang brought on by the pandemic.


"The price bounced back faster than we expected," Korea Energy Economics Institute (KEEI) oil policy research team head Jung Jun-hwan said.


The state-run institute had forecast that the price would not jump to the current level before the third quarter of 2020, an assessment made before a decision on a production cut of 9.7 million barrels a day reached over the weekend.


The producers, reflecting a shared concern over possible price drops, reached an agreement, Saturday (local time) to a production cut of 9.7 million barrels a day through July.


This is a change from an earlier stance reiterated April 12 when OPEC Plus agreed to increase production in steps after June.


Despite the cut, the price will not recover to around $63, a level maintained before the pandemic, given recovery in oil demand will not come as hardest-hit industries will not be able to snap out of their deep economic slumps any time soon, he added.


"The price will not rise dramatically before the third quarter when demand recovery should begin to materialize. Our view is that the oil price will average at $40 in the first half as well as the latter half," Jung said.


http://www.koreatimes.co.kr/www/biz/2020/06/175_290888.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjk5YzNmM2Y0NmU2Yjk4MTk6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNF1p0Jy__YQZrqnoVtlk_f8ho6NM

Back to Top

Is This The World’s Next Oil Hotspot?

By the end of the second quarter of 2020, data from drill bits may tell us whether or not the world has found the next Eagle Ford, and it’s all going down in Africa ...


To hear mainstream media tell it, you would think that the oil and gas era is coming to an end. That assertion, however, could not be further from the truth. The world’s thirst for oil is set to keep soaring with oil demand growth not likely to peak over the next two decades as economies in the developing countries continue to expand.


Over the past five years, we have seen far less exploration and discovery of oil than what we are consuming. In other words, the world still needs new oil. Existing fields are declining at 3-4% per year.


The new oil that’s coming online offshore Guyana, Brazil and Norway this year will help to close that gap somewhat, but the continued decline in U.S. shale fields could upset the equation.


That calls for the African continent to step up to the plate, and also brings to the world’s attention a country that has never before produced oil: Namibia, a new frontier and home to a basin that rivals Eagle Ford in size and hopes to rival it in potential.


This is the Kavango Basin, a 6.3-million-acre basin with a 12-billion-barrel original oil in place potential, and the entire basin was recently acquired by an ambitious Canadian explorer called Reconnaissance Energy Africa Ltd (TSXV: RECO, OTC: RECAF)


Africa: Vastly Underexplored


New producing countries from sub-Saharan Africa are beginning to redraw the continent’s oil and gas map. Today, the putative class valedictorians, Nigeria and Angola, together pump around 4 million barrels per day (bpd) of crude and also dominate natural gas output. Only a handful of other countries in the region produce more than a couple of hundred thousand barrels of oil and gas equivalent.


A few years from now, however, the balance could be very different with Uganda, Kenya, Ghana and Niger developing fields each with a potential capacity for over 100,000 bpd of oil.


Now, Reconnaissance Energy Africa is hoping to put Namibia on the map onshore, while supermajors such as Exxon, Shell and Total SA are hoping to bring Namibia fame offshore.


A few years ago, during the shale boom, Recon Africa went looking for shale in Namibia and discovered a deep giant basin, the Kavango Basin.


The Kavango Basin is an extension of the Permian Karoo shales of South Africa, Botswana and Namibia. It’s never seen a drill bit, yet it could become an analogue to one of the world’s largest shale discoveries in South Africa. The ultra-deep basin simulates in many ways the kind of environment you see in Eagle Ford:


- 6.3 million total acres to Eagle Ford’s 6.7 million acres in geographic size


- Potential for an estimated 12 billion barrels OOIP (Original Oil in Place) and 119 TCF OGIP(Original Gas in Place), to be determined whether it’s actually there and if so, technically recoverable. If it were, that’s significantly higher than Eagle Ford’s 2.4 billion OOIP and 50 TCF OGIP.


Speaking to Oilprice.com, Jay Park, CEO of Recon, said he and his team immediately recognized the vast potential of the basin and obtained licenses from the Namibian government.


The company now holds the entire Kavango Basin in Namibia under Petroleum Exploration License 73. ReconAfrica owns 90% interest in Petroleum Exploration License 73, while Namibia's state-owned oil company, National Petroleum Corporation of Namibia holds the remaining 10%.


Drilling to Start in June


Earlier this month, Recon Africa entered into a binding Asset Purchase Agreement with Houston-based Henderson for the acquisition of a Crown 750 drilling rig for $1.8 million, and the Kavango Basin will have its first drill bit hit the ground in June this year.


Recon has a 4-year exploration license leading to a 25-year production license starting when it has made a commercial discovery.


Sproule - a tier 1 resource assessment company - estimated that Kavango has a potential 12 billion barrels of oil or 119 trillion cubic feet of natural gas. That’s for the shale and doesn’t count any conventional potential.


Why Namibia?


There are several very important reasons why ReconAfrica has zoomed in on Namibia.


Many otherwise high-potential states in Africa have struggled with their petroleum regimes. These countries tend to create regimes that are too complex and heavily taxed. They also fail to give investors the assurances they need.


“Investors want to be confident that when they make a discovery, it will turn into money,” says Park. “While Africa is the place to go for resources, many of its regimes don’t meet the desired investment objectives, for example through inadequate environmental policies.”


ReconAfrica filtered through various countries and Namibia came out very high for all of these targets--a balance of great resource potential, investor-friendly fiscal terms and a good, stable and legal regime.


“A geologist might point out that Saudi Arabia has the best rock formations on earth, but you can’t get a license grant from the state there. Libya is likely to have a great shale resource, but taxation experts would point out that the state taxes oil and gas at over 90%, so shale would become an impossible proposition,” Park notes.


The Kavango Basin has similar geology, and it’s also been shown to have the same depositional environment as Shell’s Whitehill Permian shale play, part of the Karoo Supergroup in South Africa.


If the giant Karoo Basin in South Africa is a shale windfall, the Kavango Basin in Namibia is its likely extension, according to geologists.


And while it’s pretty unheard of for a company this small to have a basin this big, Bill Cathey, go-to geophysicist for the supermajors, has weighed in as well.


When Recon brought the magnetic survey data from Namibia’s Kavango Basin to Cathey, Cathey said the data showed a 30,000-foot sedimentary basin. He also said that a basin this deep, everywhere else in the world, produces commercial hydrocarbons. That’s when Recon’s senior management dropped everything to scoop up the basin, says Park.


But Recon Africa isn’t the only party interested in Africa’s potential as a new frontier.


Exxon (NYSE:XOM) recently acquired additional 7 million net acres from the Namibian government for a block extending from the shoreline to about 135 miles offshore in water depths up to 13,000 feet, with exploration activities to begin by the end of this year.


What Exxon’s banking on is that Namibia, which once fit together with Brazil, shares the same geology as Brazil’s pre-salt bonanza basins, Santos and Campos, which have already proved enormously resource-rich, according to Deloitte.


Likewise, French oil giant Total SA (NYSE:TOT) is ready to launch a three-well drilling campaign that includes one of the deepest wells ever drilled in Africa--two wells in Angola and one in Namibia. Even Qatar Petroleum is farming into Total’s Namibia blocks, while Shell (NYSE:RDS.S) is delineating a deep-water wildcat prospect offshore Namibia that it will spud this year. Shell is a veteran in the African oil and gas game. The company began drilling in the region in the 1950s, and now has assets in over 20 countries across the continent. Though it has sold off a number of assets in the region in recent years due to unfavorable regimes, it continues to maintain a strong presence in South Africa and Namibia.


Though there are a number of exciting hotspots popping up across Africa, it’s also important to pay attention to oil companies taking big risks on little-known exploratory projects.


Take Total, for example. It recently announced a major oil discovery offshore Suriname with its partner, Apache (NYSE:APA). Apache’s agreement with Total included $100 million upfront payment and expenses incurred in exploration. The find was a major boon for both Total and Apache, especially considering there had not previously made any commercially viable oil discoveries. The find is doubly beneficial for Suriname, which could be a significant turning point for the small country’s economy.


Though it’s not entirely off the beaten path, Egypt has also captured the attention of Big Oil in recent years. Just last month, in fact, the country awarded Chevron (NYSE:CVX) and Shell key exploration blocks in the red-hot Red Sea. The blocks cover a total area of around 10,000 sq km and carry combined minimum investment of $326 million, Egypt’s petroleum ministry said, adding that potential investment would rise to "several billion dollars" if discoveries were made.


Other companies to watch as the exploration and production industry ramps up:


Husky Energy Inc (TSX:HSE): This integrated oil and gas company out of Western Canada lives up to its name, fierce and driven for success. It’s already got a presence in some of the most well-known oil regions on the planet, but it hasn’t stopped there. It’s even positioned itself in Europe, Africa and as remote as the South China Sea.


Suncor Energy (TSX:SU): As one of the biggest names in energy, Suncor has adopted a number of high tech solutions for finding, pumping, storing, and delivering its resources.


While its primarily based out of North America, its assets in Africa and the Middle East should not be ignored. Though the oil downturn has weighed on the company’s share price this year, many analysts are pointing to a turnaround, from which Suncor is likely to benefit.


Tourmaline Oil Corp (TSX:TOU) is another Canadian resource producer focusing on exploration, production, development and acquisition within Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin. The company is in possession of an extensive undeveloped land position with long-term growth opportunities and a large multi-year drilling inventory.


Tourmaline’s strong leadership make the company a promising pick for investors looking to take advantage of the tremendous Canadian oil opportunities which are due for a strong rebound as oil prices inch higher.


Imperial Oil (TSX:IMO) still has some of the lowest cost producing oil sands in Canada and that is going to pay off as oil prices continue to rise and new tech breakthroughs bring breakeven prices even lower.


The management is well known for being conservative, but that certainly shouldn’t put investors off in a time when recovery is the buzzword of the day and consistency is sure to be rewarded.


Gibson Energy (TSX:GEI): has a long history in Canada’s oil and gas game. Established in 1953, Gibson knows the industry inside and out. The company has a diverse portfolio which includes transportation, storage, processing, marketing and distribution of oil, condensates, oilfield waste, refined products and natural gas.


With Gibson’s huge array of assets and its multi-platform sales strategies, investors look to Gibson with confidence.


https://finance.yahoo.com/news/world-next-oil-hotspot-230000952.html

Back to Top

OPEC+ delivers 85% compliance on oil output cuts in May: S&P Global Platts survey

London — OPEC and its allies slashed almost one-fifth of their crude oil production in May, the first month of their landmark supply accord, according to the latest S&P Global Platts survey of the group's output.


Prodded by the coronavirus pandemic and oil market meltdown to implement an unprecedented 9.7 million b/d in collective cuts, the 23-country OPEC+ coalition mostly delivered.


OPEC's 13 members dropped their output to 24.32 million b/d, for a compliance rate of 82% with their prescribed cuts, the survey found. Russia and nine other partners performed better, pumping a combined 13.89 million b/d and making 91% of their cuts, bringing the whole OPEC+ group's collective compliance to 85%, according to Platts calculations.


The supply curbs are scheduled to run through July, the OPEC+ alliance announced at its June 6 meeting, as the bloc seeks to speed the market's recovery from the pandemic.


The compliance figures are being closely monitored by OPEC+ members, who agreed that any shortfalls in May and June compliance would be made whole with extra production cuts this summer.


OPEC members Iraq, Nigeria and Angola, along with non-OPEC participant Kazakhstan have already been publicly called out by their counterparts for their overproduction.


Iraq, whose history of quota flouting has long been a sore spot among the coalition, pumped 4.19 million b/d in May, nearly 600,000 b/d above its cap, making it the worst offender by far, the Platts survey found.


Nigeria, also frequently out of compliance, produced nearly 300,000 b/d in excess of its quota, while Angola was 90,000 b/d above its target and Kazakhstan was 161,000 b/d over, according to the Platts figures.


Ministers from all four countries have declared their allegiance to the OPEC+ agreement and pledged to improve their performance going forward.


But they are not the only producers with work to do.


Russia, the main non-OPEC partner, pumped 8.60 million b/d, about 110,000 b/d more than its quota, according to the survey. Russian energy minister Alexander Novak had teamed up with Saudi counterpart Prince Abdulaziz in the weeks leading up to the June 6 meeting to pressure Iraq and other noncompliant members to commit to extra cuts.


Saudi Arabia produced 8.50 million b/d, the survey found, almost in line with its quota of 8.49 million b/d. That is the kingdom's lowest output since January 2011, not including September 2019, when a missile attack on its Abqaiq crude processing facility temporarily caused half of the country's capacity to be shut-in.


Determining quotas


The OPEC+ deal calls for cuts of 23% from baseline production levels in October 2018, except for Saudi Arabia and Russia, who were given identical baselines of 11 million b/d.


In all, the OPEC+ coalition lowered its output by a combined 8.28 million b/d from the baseline of 43.85 million b/d.


A nine-country monitoring committee co-chaired by Saudi Arabia and Russia will convene on June 18 and monthly thereafter to assess compliance and make recommendations on quotas going forward. The collective production cuts are scheduled to roll back to 7.7 million b/d in August, for now.


Sanctions-hit Iran and Venezuela are exempt from the quotas, as is war-torn Libya. Iran kept its output steady at 2.02 million b/d in May, while Venezuela's production fell to 550,000 b/d, the survey found.


Libya, with its ports blockaded by rebel militia, pumped just 70,000 b/d in May, but could see a rebound in the coming weeks pending the outcome of negotiations with tribes controlling its southern fields. But its security remains volatile.


http://plts.co/4dSZ50A3GAE

Back to Top

Libya's El Feel, Sharara oil fields shut again days after reopening

More oil and gas disruptions likely as civil war escalates


London — Libya's two key western oil fields -- El Feel and Sharara -- have been closed again shortly after reopening, showing the extent to which they remain hostage to armed groups as the country's civil conflict continues to escalate.


State-owned National Oil Corporation said the 75,000 b/d El Feel field had been shut June 10 after an armed group occupied the field.


NOC also said the 300,000 b/d Sharara field was shut late June 9 after the field opened twice briefly in the space of four days.


A key pipeline valve connecting the Sharara and El Feel fields with the Zawiya terminal and refinery had reopened June 5, paving the way for a resumption of output. Both sites were shut for almost five months due to a blockade that has dragged Libyan output to its lowest in 9-1/2 years.


NOC declared force majeure on crude loadings out of Sharara on June 9 after the group entered the area.


The recent stop and start events underscore the fragility of the country's much anticipated return to export markets.


The North African oil producer is in the midst of a civil conflict between the UN-backed Government of National Accord (GNA) and the self-styled Libyan National Army (LNA), which has almost completely decimated its oil output.


The GNA has recently gained ground against the LNA led by Khalifa Haftar, causing some tribal groups and militias to switch allegiances but the situation remains extremely fluid and volatile.


Gas impact


The gas market was also impacted this week when on June 10, an armed group stormed the Mellitah oil and gas complex, from where the country exports gas to Italy via the Greenstream pipeline.


Sources said operations at the complex were briefly halted and that the group had left the complex by the afternoon.


The group loyal to the GNA had entered the facility and were hoping to stop supplies to Italy after it signed a maritime agreement with Greece.


Turkey, is currently at loggerheads with regional neighbors such as Cyprus, Greece along with Israel and Egypt over gas drilling and gas projects in the East Mediterranean.


The LNA -- backed by Russia, the UAE, Saudi Arabia and other countries -- has been locked in a bitter conflict with the government supported primarily by Turkey and Qatar. Oil and now gas facilities have been caught in the middle of their dispute.


Much of the gas that feeds the Mellitah gas terminal -- the starting point of the Greenstream pipeline -- comes from Wafa and the Bahr Essalam field, Libya's biggest offshore gas field.


Supplies of natural gas from Libya via the Green Stream pipeline to Italy have been mostly unaffected by the blockade of key oil infrastructure by the LNA.


More disruptions likely


S&P Global Platts Analytics said recent events showed Libya's potential restart of up to 400,000 b/d from southwestern fields faced many risks, and sporadic disruptions were likely to persist.


"Eastern general Khalifa Haftar could regroup with greater backing from the UAE, Egypt, and Russia, while Libyan production dynamics over the past few years indicate regional militias will likely continue to at least sporadically disrupt the fields and connected pipelines," said Paul Sheldon, chief geopolitical adviser at Platts Analytics.


Hamish Kinnear, a MENA analyst at Verisk Maplecroft said the struggle and rapidly changing situation at the fields reflected the wider fluidity of the civil war.


Libya's potential return to export markets with up to 400,000 b/d of mainly Es Sider and Sharara grade crudes comes as its partners in OPEC and their allies agreed on extending production cuts to cuts through July, to help bolster the market as it emerges from the depths of the COVID-19 pandemic.


Libyan crude production was around 70,000-80,000 b/d, less than 10% of levels before January 18, when the LNA orchestrated an oil port blockade. Production was then at its lowest since September 2011, when civil war led to the downfall of Moammar Qadhafi.


Libya holds Africa's largest proven oil reserves. However, chronic political turmoil has undermined its ability to restore output to pre-civil war levels.


Despite recent military gains by the GNA, the LNA still controls the eastern terminals of Es Sider, Ras Lanuf, Brega, Zueitina and Marsa el Hariga. That means some two-thirds of Libyan crude, or around 800,000 b/d, remains offline.


http://plts.co/9yaQ50A3Yb4

Back to Top

Baltic, UK Continent Aframax rates plunge to multi-year lows as demand stalls

London — Freight rates for Aframaxes in the Baltic and UK Continent have plunged to multi-year lows as a fall in regional oil demand has been exacerbated by output cuts and excess tonnage, sources said Wednesday.


Recent interest from European refineries for sweeter crudes has caused US sweet grades such as WTI Midland to attract more buying interest, which could signify more tonnage arriving in the Northwest Europe at the end of July, maintaining pressure on freight rates in the region.


Rates on the benchmark Cross-UK Continent route, basis 80,000 mt, plummeted to over a nine-year low of $5.29/mt or Worldscale 70 on June 9, S&P Global Platts data showed.


Similarly, the Baltic-UKC route, basis 100,000 mt was assessed at w50 or $4.52/mt on June 9, the lowest rate on this voyage since September 5, 2017, according to Platts data.


Sources said rates were so low for a myriad of reasons, starting from a lack of cargoes which was due to both weak European demand along with production cuts by Russia and Norway, which had steadily reduced their monthly oil loadings.


According to the Russian Urals program for July, scheduled loadings will be the lowest in eight years, with only 24 cargoes of 100,000 mt each predicted to load from Primorsk, where the bulk of the Urals program usually loads. In April, loadings from Primorsk totaled 39 cargoes of 100,000 mt each.


Secondly, there was a lot more North Sea and Russian crude going East on VLCCs and this was draining liquidity from the Aframax routes.


"The market is in free fall," said a shipbroker. "We should be getting close to the bottom, but I feel maybe it could still go a few points as owners are getting close to or just below operational levels apparently."


The lack of demand meant growing tonnage was a huge concern.


"There is just so much tonnage. We have 18 prompt ships today and that gets topped up to 22 tomorrow," a second shipbroker said.


"I think the second decade [of June] of Baltic Urals is covered and most of the North Sea crude is going on VLCCs or on an own-program basis so there is very little to play with," he said.


Sources said trading was likely to remain slow this week unless some charterers started fixing some stems for the last 10 days of June to snap up the excess tonnage, although this was unlikely.


http://plts.co/V3HE50A3PP2

Back to Top

Japan's crude throughput recovery heralds cautious optimism among traders

Tokyo — Japan's crude throughput rose for the first time in seven weeks as domestic gasoline demand has recovered to a pre-state of emergency level but local traders remain cautious about the sustainability of the demand recovery with the rainy season approaching when driving typically slows.


"We do feel [the gasoline demand] is recovering," a source with a Japanese refiner told S&P Global Platts June 10. "We cannot adjust [refinery runs] swiftly but it is moving toward increasing it."


Japan's crude throughput rose 5.3% week on week to 1.92 million b/d over May 31-June 6, with its refinery utilization rates having also increased from 51.8% a week earlier to 54.5% of overall capacity, the Petroleum Association of Japan said on June 10.


The May 31-June 6 crude throughput marked the first week-on-week increase in seven weeks since the country's crude processing volume last increased in the week of April 12-18.


"Japan refinery run rates are not high at the moment, the gasoline demand is recovering but not enough to [really increase overall] operations," a Japan-based naphtha trader said, noting that the current overseas markets are not supportive to increase middle distillates output for exports.


"Gasoline demand is better than expected, so refiners need to produce or import gasoline, and they can just use a secondary unit like an RFCC or FCC to produce more gasoline," the trader said, adding that naphtha was currently not in demand for gasoline blending.


Several Japanese refineries are also slated to be restarted in coming weeks from scheduled and unscheduled shutdowns.


Demand recovery


Japan's estimated gasoline shipments rose 7.5% from a week ago to June 6 to 5.04 million barrels, a level above the pre-state of emergency level of 4.72 million barrels over April 5-11, according to Platts calculations based on the PAJ data.


The domestic gasoline demand has been recovering in recent weeks during weekends, following the lifting of the state of emergency, which was declared April 7 to curb the spread of the coronavirus pandemic, on May 25 after bottoming out during the Golden Week national holidays over late April to early May, according to local market sources.


In a sign of demand recovery, a record number of gasoline cargoes was traded during the Platts Market on Close assessment process for Japan's domestic rack gasoline assessments on June 10. A total of 33 deals of 50 kl cargoes was traded for 1,650 kl or 10,378 barrels of gasoline, the highest since Platts launched the domestic assessments in December 2016.


On June 10, Japan's domestic gasoline rack prices in Chiba, east of Tokyo Bay, stood at Yen 38,500/kiloliter ($57.04/b), up 37% or Yen 10,400/kiloliter from May 25 when the state of emergency was lifted, Platts data showed.


A number of Japanese traders, however, remained cautious on the outlook for a gasoline demand recovery as most of the country is entering the rainy season in coming weeks, when the demand could be impacted by bad weather.


Sustained pickup


Regionally, the gasoline demand has shown signs of a sustained pickup with more countries easing lockdown restrictions.


Since-mid May, driving activity from Southeast Asian countries such as Vietnam and the Philippines has been on a steady rise, according to mobility data from Apple.


The increase in activity had even prompted companies in these countries to seek a total of around 1.8 million barrels of gasoline on the spot market in June, according to open tenders seen by Platts. The recovery is expected to gain steam in the near term with Malaysia and Indonesia both easing lockdowns this week.


Reflecting the improved sentiment, the FOB Singapore 92 RON gasoline crack against front-month ICE Brent crude futures on June 10 was assessed at plus $2.48/b, a sharp jump from minus $1.38/b seen on June 1, Platts data showed.


http://plts.co/B0PQ50A3O2t

Back to Top

Enterprise, Enbridge SPOT project stalled after feds 'stop clock'

Houston — Enterprise Products Partners' planned Sea Port Oil Terminal offshore of Houston is facing new delays now that the federal government has stopped the clock on the licensing process to allow Enterprise more time to answer questions and provide additional information.


The regulatory US Maritime Administration said it suspended the timeline for the SPOT project that is the leading contender to be the first deepwater Texas terminal built to export crude oil around the world.


"SPOT provided some responsive information but also notified the US Coast Guard that additional time would be needed to fully respond," MARAD noted in a new letter to Enterprise.


The delay is not particularly surprising because Enterprise said in late April that it no longer expected to receive federal approval for SPOT in 2020 amid the coronavirus pandemic and the global collapse in crude oil demand. Enterprise had previously planned to start construction as soon as this summer and open the terminal in 2022 after receiving its federal license no later than June. However, the two-year construction timeline now pushes the project's completion to at least 2023.


Enbridge partnered with Enterprise on the SPOT project in December -- abandoning its competing Texas COLT project in the process -- and Chevron already is signed on as the anchor customer.


SPOT is proposed to be built about 30 miles offshore of Freeport, which is due south of Houston. The deeper-water depths offshore are needed for Very Large Crude Carriers to load up to capacity. SPOT would be able to load 2 million b/d and simultaneously two VLCCs at a time.


Enterprise has remained committed to the project though.


"The company is working on addressing information requests from USCG/MARAD, reviewing submittals from the public comment period, as well as other input from landowners and public officials," Enterprise spokesman Rick Rainey said in a late June 8 statement. "This work includes evaluating options to meet our business needs while mitigating concerns that have been expressed. We are in regular communication with USCG/MARAD and other federal and state regulators to help assure that these considerations are integrated smoothly into the permitting process."


MURKY WATERS


The project has faced opposition from environmental groups and some local communities.


As of early this year, there was a race to build the first deepwater oil exporting terminals offshore of the crude oil hubs near Houston and Corpus Christi. However, the coronavirus pandemic has put that race on hold -- if not canceling the race outright.


Multiple proposed offshore oil-exporting terminals already were shelved or merged with other projects even before the pandemic.


The only other project with substantial backing thus far is Phillips 66's and Trafigura's planned Bluewater terminal offshore of Corpus Christi.


Pearce Hammond, a midstream analyst with Simmons Energy, questioned on June 9 whether any of them will be built.


"The bigger issue at this point, in our view, is how needed is the terminal in light of the changed dynamics for the US oil market post COVID?" Hammond stated in a note. "Does the terminal get built because it is a much cheaper and more efficient means of exporting crude (and replaces existing less efficient crude export terminal capacity), or does the terminal not get built because the global need for higher US crude exports has been redefined lower post COVID? Time will tell."


Already, US crude exports in 2020 have fallen from a high of 4.38 million b/d for the week ending March 13 down to 2.79 million b/d for the week ending May 29, according to the US Energy Information Administration. And analysts project crude export volumes to further plunge in the coming months.


Only one Gulf of Mexico port, LOOP, can fully load VLCCs currently without lightering from smaller vessels. However, LOOP was built primarily for imports and has only more recently added crude-exporting capacilities.


http://plts.co/EiSX50A3mSl

Back to Top

The U.S. shale-oil industry may collapse, new report says, after Goldman warns crude is set for a fall

The U.S. shale-oil industry may collapse due to the sharp fall in oil prices because of the coronavirus pandemic, a new influential report predicts.


The demand for and price of oil tumbled due to the economic slowdown and have since begun to recover, but Australian think tank the Institute for Economics and Peace warns that a low price will affect political regimes in the Middle East, especially in Saudi Arabia, Iraq and Iran.


“ The impact of coronavirus may ‘result in the collapse of the shale oil industry in the U.S., unless oil prices return to their prior levels.’ ” — Institute for Economics and Peace


IEP’s annual Global Peace Index, published Wednesday, analyzes tension around the world and compiles an index of the most peaceful countries. It suggests the effects of the pandemic may “result in the collapse of the shale-oil industry in the U.S., unless oil prices return to their prior levels.”


While the price of oil CL.1, +0.43% has begun to recover from its nadir — having crashed into negative territory in April — analysts at Goldman Sachs warned in a Tuesday note that the rise in the oil price has been overdone and forecast a drop in Brent crude prices BRNQ20, -1.03% to $35 a barrel, from around $43 a barrel, within weeks.


Shale oil is produced through fracking, the controversial process of pumping high-pressure water and sand underground to fracture rock and release valuable new energy reserves known as shale.


Among the biggest producers of shale oil are Exxon Mobil XOM, -4.50% , Chevron CVX, -2.77% and EOG Resources EOG, -4.96% .


The IEP report says that the combined weakness in commercial, travel and industrial activity led to a plunge in oil prices in global markets. “These markets were already affected by an oversupply, emanating from Russia and Saudi Arabia who could not agree on production curbs,” it says.


But, on a positive note, it goes on to rank the countries most likely to stage a swift economic recovery in the wake of the pandemic, using four indicators.


China, Indonesia, Russia, Mexico and Australia all emerge as best placed to facilitate a recovery because they have low unemployment rates, low dependence on international trade, low tax revenue relative to gross domestic product, and low central government debt as a proportion of GDP.


IEP founder Steve Killelea said: “COVID-19 is negatively impacting peace across the world, with nations expected to become increasingly polarized in their ability to maintain peace and security. This reflects the virus’s potential to undo years of socioeconomic development, exacerbate humanitarian crises, and aggravate and encourage unrest and conflict.”


He identified a predictable list of sectors hurt by the lockdown, which includes aviation, hospitality, tourism, retail and finance. Health care, telecom and food production are best placed.


One upside is that drug trafficking and other types of crime have seen a likely temporary reduction as a result of social isolation around the world. However, reports of domestic violence, suicide and mental illness increased.


Iceland remains the most peaceful country in the world, a position it has held since 2008. It is joined at the top of the index by New Zealand, Austria, Portugal and Denmark.


Afghanistan remains the least peaceful country, a position it has held for two years, followed by Syria, Iraq and South Sudan.


“The fundamental tensions of the past decade around conflict, environmental pressures and socioeconomic strife remain,” Killelea said. “It’s likely that the economic impact of COVID-19 will magnify these tensions by increasing unemployment, widening inequality and worsening labor conditions — creating alienation from the political system and increasing civil unrest. We therefore find ourselves at a critical juncture.”


https://www.marketwatch.com/story/the-us-shale-oil-industry-may-collapse-new-report-says-after-goldman-warns-crude-is-set-for-a-fall-2020-06-10%3Flink%3DMW_latest_news&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHDM2NzYyZTdmOGQyMDc4MGI6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNHPvf7EvsjdzQiO58XgYYb5ncTUt

Back to Top

In Venezuela, a Single Oil Rig Works World’s Biggest Reserves

(Bloomberg) -- Venezuela’s fall from oil superpower to failing producer can be illustrated in one image: a single drilling rig working the world’s largest oil reserves.


As fields across the nation shut amid a relentless U.S. campaign to cut Venezuela off from global oil markets, the number of rigs drilling for crude fell to just one in May, according to data from Baker Hughes. Another lone rig was drilling for gas.


That marks a 96% decline since January, when drilling fell to levels not seen since 1963. Having a single active crude rig takes the country back to the beginning of its oil industry, well before it became a founding member of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries. The development underscores the toll that U.S. sanctions have taken on the nation as President Donald Trump escalates efforts to remove Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro from power.


State-owned oil company Petroleos de Venezuela SA has been gradually shutting fields due to fewer buyers, low prices and lack of both investment and personnel. In May, about one-third of the 77 oil fields across the country were producing zero barrels and more than 10% pumped less than 500 barrels per day, according to PDVSA production data seen by Bloomberg. Many of the shuttered fields are joint ventures between PDVSA and foreign partners including China’s CNPC, Cubas’ Cupet or Angola’s Sonangol.


The last remaining rigs in Venezuela were located at the Maracaibo basin and the Orinoco Oil Belt, operated at PDVSA joint ventures, according to people familiar with the matter. Production has been dropping steadily over the years to historic lows. PDVSA total oil production in May decreased 16% to 645,700 barrels a day. The bulk of that output came from the Orinoco Belt which produced 332,700 barrels daily barrels, according to a document seen by Bloomberg.


The downturn in production has culminated in a nationwide fuel crisis, with local refineries unable to churn out enough gasoline and diesel to meet demand, even as a national quarantine depresses consumption. At the same time, gasoline imports have been curtailed by U.S. sanctions against Rosneft PJSC and shipping agencies that once swapped fuel for crude with Maduro’s cash-strapped government. Recently, gas pumps have seen a brief reprieve after five vessels carrying Iranian fuel discharged at local ports.


https://finance.yahoo.com/news/venezuela-single-oil-rig-works-100000736.html

Back to Top

Bulls Beware: A Dark Cloud Is Forming Over Oil Markets

Bullish sentiment appears to have returned to the stock markets with a vengeance. In a historic rally that has taken even die-hard bulls by surprise, the S&P 500 has managed to claw back all of its 2020 losses, taking just 53 sessions for the index to fully restore the nearly $10T in value it shed in an epic bear market. The oil markets have been nearly as impressive.


After entering negative territory for the first time in history, U.S. WTI prices have briefly touched $40/bbl amid record production cuts and an uptick in global demand. Oil and gas stocks have doubled from their March 23 nadir, marking a sharp reversal from the precipitous drop that wiped out nearly two decades of gains.


There’s no shortage of bottom fishing opportunities in this market, with shares of bankrupt or near-bankrupt shale companies including Whiting Petroleum (NYSE:WLL), Chesapeake Energy (NYSE:CHK), California Resources Corp. (NYSE:CRC) and Valaris Plc (NYSE: VAL) as well as offshore drillers Borr Drilling Ltd (NYSE:BORR), Noble Corp.(NYSE:NE), Seadrill (NYSE:SDRL) and TransOcean (NYSE:RIG) recording triple-digit gains over the past week alone.


But analysts are now saying investors need to pump their brakes.


A cross-section of Wall Street has warned that there’s too much irrational exuberance in the markets, and the oil price rally is not fully supported by fundamentals.


Watching the Crack


According to Warren Patterson, head of commodities strategy at ING, as well as analysts at Goldman Sachs, refining margins, aka crack spreads, across different regions around the globe are still way off their norms, portending continuing weak global demand for distillates.


U.S. crack spreads clocked in at a mere $9/bbl last week, compared to $21 at the same time last year according to Reuters, while crack spreads for European diesel dropped to a record low of $2.90


Crack spreads are a good proxy for oil demand with falling spreads a sign of weak demand and vice-versa. The badly squeezed margins for refiners is a worrying sign that global demand remains way below normal levels, with the ongoing pick-up in crude prices only serving to worsen the margin contraction for the likes of Valero Energy Corp. (NYSE:VLO), Marathon Petroleum Corp. (NYSE:MPC) and Phillips 66 (NYSE: PSX). WTI and Brent prices have staged a strong rally over the past few weeks after production cuts by OPEC+ and independent producers in the U.S. and elsewhere helped ease a huge supply glut and storage buildup.


On Saturday, OPEC and its allies agreed to extend the cuts by an additional month with plans to review progress on a monthly basis. Global oil demand particularly in the giant markets of China and India appears to be recovering at a faster-than-expected clip, with crude imports in China surging 13% in May to a record 11.3 million barrels per day and demand back to 90% of pre-crisis levels. Meanwhile, May sales in India were recorded at ~76% of normal levels while U.S. gasoline demand has seen a 7% uptick during the final week of May to clock in at 75% of pre-COVID-19 levels.


But analysts are now questioning whether the rebound in demand is the result of rising consumption or simply the result of refiners and traders stocking up on cheap crude.


ING’s Patterson and Ehsan Khoman at Japanese bank MUFG say the surge in demand could partly be the result of opportunistic buying by refiners. Consequently, Goldman has predicted that Brent prices will pull back to $35 per barrel in the coming weeks from a recent high of $43.


And they could be right.


According to Bloomberg, the United States’ largest refiner by capacity, Valero Energy, is currently running its two crude units at just 58% of their maximum rate of 424K bbl/day due to low demand and storage filling up. The refinery's fluid catalytic converter as well as all the hydrotreaters except the distillate hydrotreaters are running at minimum rates while rates on the coker have also been lowered.


In a previous article, we reported that giant oil traders have been storing millions of barrels of crude in the seas with a view to selling when prices improve in the coming months, which could also be driving the surge in demand.


Takeaway


At this juncture, it’s best for investors to adopt an attitude of cautious optimism. On one hand, the bulls argue that OPEC+ has curtailed production too fast, with some oil executives eyeing the seemingly untouchable WTI prices of $70 in the current year.


On the other hand, poor refining margins are telling a different story while oil prices have, worryingly, been strongly pulling back from recent highs on fears that increased production by U.S. shale producers and Libya will offset the OPEC+ cuts.


As many analysts have pointed out, the biggest wild card in this market remains the speed at which demand is going to bounce back in the coming months.


The current evidence though appears to lend support to the bull camp.


http://www.baystreet.ca/articles/commodities/57749/061120&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHGU1MmVjNzQwMjI3M2I5Y2E6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNGP16M4qDtF_7cail_M0hyavm0tS

Back to Top

Petrol, Diesel Prices Hiked For Fifth Day In A Row

With effect from 6 am,petrol and diesel prices were increased by 60 paise per litre each in Delhi


Petrol and diesel prices were hiked in metros on Thursday, marking the fifth straight day of increase since state-owned oil companies returned to the normal practice of daily reviews following a 12-week pause. With effect from 6 am, the prices of petrol and diesel were increased by 60 paise per litre each in Delhi. While the price of petrol was revised to Rs 74 per litre in the national capital from Rs 73.40 per litre the previous day, the diesel rate was increased to Rs 72.22 per litre from Rs 71.62 per litre, according to notifications from state-run Indian Oil Corporation, the country's largest fuel retailer. (Also Read: How To Find Latest Petrol, Diesel Rates In Your City)


Here are the current petrol and diesel prices in metros (in rupees per litre):



International oil prices fell more than 2 per cent on Thursday on worries about slow demand growth with coronavirus cases rising, US crude stockpiles hitting an all-time high and the Federal Reserve projecting recovery from the pandemic would take years. Brent crude futures - the global benchmark for crude oil - fell 2.2 per cent to $40.81 per barrel, giving up all of the gains registered the previous day.


State-run oil marketing companies revise the prices of petrol and diesel from time to time, besides aviation turbine fuel (ATF) - or jet fuel - and liquefied petroleum gas (LPG). However, since March 16, the oil companies had kept petrol and diesel prices on hold, possibly due to the volatility in global oil markets.


Fuel retailing in the country is dominated by state refiners - Indian Oil Corporation, Bharat Petroleum Corporation and Hindustan Petroleum Corporation. The three own about 90 per cent of the retail fuel outlets in the country.


https://www.ndtv.com/business/petrol-price-today-diesel-price-today-fuel-rates-hiked-for-fifth-straight-day-after-3-month-pause-2244275&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjFhODM5OTgwNmE5N2Q2NjA6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNEeTguNUxmYtqQGw_AhUdvsOXGaV

Back to Top

Oil and Gas

Turkish Ambassador In Greece Confirms Ankara Ready To Address Maritime Zones Delimitation

ATHENS (UrduPoint News / Sputnik - 07th June, 2020) Turkish Ambassador to Greece Burak Ozugergin confirmed on Sunday in an interview with Sputnik Greece that Ankara wanted to maintain good neighborly relations with Athens, had repeatedly invited Greece to discuss controversial issues, including the maritime boundaries, and remained committed to dialogue.


Relations between the two countries have been strained by border tensions and Turkey's oil and gas exploration plans in the Mediterranean. In the latest standoff, the Turkish Petroleum Corporation announced plans to receive drilling rights in areas considered by Greece to be a part of its continental shelf and Athens slammed the move. Turkey's ambitious drilling plans were spurred by the signing of a controversial deal on maritime boundaries between Ankara and Libya's Tripoli-based government, which Athens said was yet another attempt to usurp Greece's sovereign rights. Greek Minister for National Defense Nikos Panagiotopoulos said on Friday that his country was ready for a military conflict with Turkey.


"It is never too late for neighbors to not only have a dialogue but also to listen to each other. The key is to be able to talk to each other, and not about each other. Honestly, we want to have good neighborly relations with Greece. There is no such a big problem that the two countries cannot overcome," Ozugergin said when asked if he is not worried about the possibility of a hot spot in the Aegean Sea.


The diplomat added that before the signing of the memorandum on maritime boundaries in the Mediterranean Sea between Ankara and Libya's Tripoli-based government, Turkey invited the involved parties to establish a dialogue, but did not receive an answer. However, Ankara is still ready for negotiations, the ambassador said.


According to Ozugergin, Turkey is ready for a "fair and peaceful" solution to all unresolved issues, including the delimitation of maritime zones.


When asked about cooperation between the Turkish embassy and the Greek Foreign Ministry, the ambassador said that they maintain a close and regular dialogue. Though there are long-standing disagreements between Turkey and Greece in different areas, there are well-established channels for discussing these issues under international law, he explained.


"I really believe that we will overcome a much greater distance if we begin to treat each other as neighbors, and not as competitors or even opponents," Ozugergin added.


Last November, Ankara and Tripoli signed the memorandum on maritime boundaries in the Mediterranean Sea, triggering a strong backlash among some countries, including Greece, Cyprus, and Egypt. The three countries said the pact infringed upon their sovereignty rights.


https://www.urdupoint.com/en/world/turkish-ambassador-in-greece-confirms-ankara-940313.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjQ4NjQyYzljOTM0YjI2YmU6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNE7J_lg49IUl8Zf8ojaFQwbWplO4

Back to Top

'Everyone was watching': BlackRock is showing its hand on coal

The announcement was greeted in climate change advocacy circles with a mixture of celebration and scepticism. Loading Due to its sheer size BlackRock is one of the world’s largest investors in fossil fuels and it has a history of opposing shareholder resolutions demanding climate change action. Was this corporate greenwashing, or would BlackRock really act? “This is the letter, and stance, that’s put us on pins and needles – everyone is watching to see if BlackRock follows through on these commitments,” wrote the Union of Concerned Scientists, one of the leading climate advocacy groups in the United States on its blog. BlackRock’s move could signal the beginning of the end of the corporate dominance of fossil energy companies, or not much at all.


BlackRock’s recent actions suggest the giant has begun putting its money where its mouth is. In May BlackRock published an update to the January missive, revealing it had divested from companies that derived a quarter of their revenue from thermal coal and warned again it would vote on the issue at annual general meetings. Later that month it acted. It voted against the re-election of two ExxonMobil directors, saying it believed they had failed to make progress on climate change action or reporting; and in favour of a shareholder resolution to split the role of chief executive and chairman. It also supported a resolution demanding that the US oil giant Chevron report on how its direct and indirect lobbying aligns with the Paris climate agreement goals. The votes were praised by climate advocates, though there was disappointment that BlackRock did not make public how it voted on climate-related proposals at other major firms, in particular at the bank JP Morgan Chase.


But it was a warning shot fired off by BlackRock to the South Korean utility Kepco that attracted the attention of Tim Buckley, an energy analyst with the pro-renewables Institute of Energy Economics and Financial Analysis. At the end of May it was revealed that BlackRock had demanded that Kepco explain its strategy in investing in coal-fired power plants in Indonesia and Vietnam. According to a statement its investment stewardship team “escalated our concern to the company’s CEO via a formal letter ... It requests enhanced disclosure, including a clear strategic rationale justifying the company’s involvement”. Loading This is significant to Australia not just because Kepco is one of the largest financiers of coal-fired power plants in the region, says Buckley, but because the plants it has been channeling funds to are in the countries that coal industry advocates say are the future for Australian coal exports. “Kepco is at the mercy of BlackRock, and the growth of the Australian coal industry is at the mercy of players like Kepco,” says Buckley.


But there is more to it. In January BlackRock said it would abandon thermal coal miners – which it did by May – but it did not mention coal-powered generation companies. The Kepco warning suggests that BlackRock is moving on both. It is not alone. In April, the Japan Bank for International Cooperation, a company known by critics as “the coal store” announced it would no longer finance off-shore coal projects, bringing the bank into line with other major Japanese lenders. “Financiers, investors, insurers, all the corporate money is headed for the door,” says Buckley. This year the world’s financial markets and fossil fuel companies have been brutalised by COVID-19 turmoil. The world’s largest coalminer, Peabody, has lost more than 50 per cent of its value while America’s major banks have lost an average of around 30 per cent. Over the same period BlackRock is up by 1 per cent and was last month referred to by CNN as “the new king of Wall Street”.


https://www.brisbanetimes.com.au/environment/climate-change/everyone-was-watching-blackrock-is-showing-its-hand-on-coal-20200605-p54zrx.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjBlMDRkYTQxNmY2YWRlMjY6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNG0OBv7m1h2YjBfeCVwpntKbp6f4

Back to Top

China's May crude imports hit record high at 11.34 mil b/d, up 19% on year

Singapore — China's crude oil imports surged to a record high in May, signalling demand recovery in the world's second-largest economy and paving the way for OPEC+ producers to reconsider production cuts in Q3, market sources told S&P Global Platts June 8.


Crude oil imports jumped 19.2% on the year to an all-time high of 11.34 million b/d, or 47.97 million mt in May, as Chinese buyers late March had rushed to purchase cheap crude cargoes for May delivery, preliminary General Administration of Customs data released June 7 showed.


The latest China data may prompt OPEC+ producers to reconsider the group's agreement to slash output later in the third quarter.


Both state-run and independent refiners have ramped up crude purchases in the previous trading cycles to take full advantage of the ultra-low crude prices over March-May.


Refinery run rates have also moved higher in the last few months as economic activities resumed following successful containment measures to limit the coronavirus outbreak, industry and market participants said.


The May inflow was 1.5% higher than the previous record of 11.18 million b/d seen in November 2019.


On a barrel per day basis, May arrivals were also 14.8% higher than April imports of 9.88 million b/d, recovering from an 8-month low of 9.72 million b/d in March amid the coronavirus pandemic.


Crude imports over January-May totaled 10.4 million b/d, rising 4.5% on the year, the data showed. GAC releases data in metric tons, which Platts converts to barrels using a 7.33 conversion factor.


The sharp increase in China's overall crude purchases were in line with Platts survey data released last week.


The survey data showed the country's independent refining sector ratcheted up crude imports in May by 71.1% on the year to a record high of 4.42 million b/d, sending a bullish signal to the global oil market that the recovery in Chinese energy demand is on track.


OPEC and its allies agreed on June 6 to extend the coalition's 9.6 million b/d output cut agreement through July.


However, major Middle Eastern crude producers and Russia would draw support from the latest Chinese import data, as rapid energy demand recovery in the country would provide incentives for the major crude suppliers to start rolling back on the production cut agreement, industry and refinery officials said.


The cuts -- originally 9.7 million b/d including Mexico -- had been scheduled to taper to 7.7 million b/d in July through the rest of the year.


"Obviously current oil prices are still too low to prompt OPEC+ members to immediately unwind the production cut stance, but the group will likely focus boosting their export earnings from Asia sooner or rather than later. China's upbeat demand should give them some encouragement to reduce the rate of production cuts when the timing is right," said a crude trading manager at Beijing-based Chinaoil, a trading arm of state-run PetroChina.


PRICE RECOVERY


Rising international benchmark outright prices, combined with the sharp hike in Saudi Aramco's official selling prices for July-loading cargoes could, however, put the brakes on China's demand in Q3, industry officials and market sources said.


On June 7, Saudi Aramco set the OSP differential for its Arab Light crude headed to Asia at plus 20 cents/b against the average of the Dubai and Oman benchmarks over July. That is up by $6.10/b from the June price, far above the $2-$5/b increase that traders had expected, according to a Platts survey.


"Oil price has been rising and now is over $40/b already and differentials for crude grades against the benchmarks also jumped, which narrows refiners, especially independent refiners' profit margins. With ample cheap crude inventory in hand, we will take a breather for August delivery," a source with a Shandong-based independent refinery said.


Moreover, "Demand recovery is more likely driven by the domestic supply side as factories, plants lifted their utilization rates. But [the actual end-product] consumption side lagged a bit. Combined with slowing exports, tank-tops inventory will be the result later. All these will dampen [refinery feedstock procurement] interest for Q3 deliveries," a Beijing-based analyst said.


Trade flow and inventory tracker Kpler showed that China's crude stock kept rising since the week beginning May 11 to a fresh record high of 831 million barrels in the week beginning June 1, 6.8% higher than the peak of 778 million barrel registered in the week June 10, 2019 over January 2017 - December 2019.


OIL PRODUCT EXPORTS


For oil products, China's exports dropped to a 15-month low of 3.89 million mt in May, falling by more than a half from the fresh record high of 8 million mt in April, GAC data showed. The previous low was 3.81 million mt in February 2019.


Sinopec, China's top exporting oil giant, had slashed its exports by more than a half of its usual levels in the previous months, two refining sources with the company said this week, adding that the refiner preferred to sell its products at home as product prices in international market were lower due to lockdowns while freights were high.


Fellow refiner Petrochina, on the other hand, made even heavier cuts to its exports, with the four leading export refineries polled planning to export a mere 10,000 mt of gasoline from their usual volumes, which averaged 1.28 million mt/month in 2019, Platts reported.


Looking forward in June, the recovery was likely limited as the state-owned oil giants capped their export plans, trading sources said.


For example, Sinopec's exporting-oriented Shanghai Petrochemical plans to skip seaborne exports of oil products in June, even though the refinery's utilization rate is set at 97% for June versus 91% in May, Platts reported. The refinery's gasoil and jet fuel exports have previously hit highs of 150,000 mt/month and 95,000 mt/month, respectively.


Product exports over January-May were up 10.4% on the year at 29.9 million mt, GAC data showed.


Meanwhile, China's oil product imports fell 9.3% on the year to 13.4 million mt in the first five months.


As a result, China's net oil product exports surged 34% on the year to 16.49 million mt in the period, the GAC data showed.


http://plts.co/K6Tu50A1r73

Back to Top

Singapore yard prepares for topside works on Energean FPSO as workforce ramps up

Singapore yard prepares for topside works on Energean FPSO as workforce ramps up


Energean has informed that the work restarted on the Energean Power FPSO in the Admiralty Yard, Singapore, on 2 June 2020 and the subsea installation campaign offshore Israel is progressing as planned.


The FPSO hull, meant for the Karish and Tanin development offshore Israel, sailed away from the COSCO yard in China in early April and arrived in Singapore for topside integration works in mid-April.


However, due to a temporary halt of operations at the yard amid coronavirus pandemic restrictions, the integration works were postponed.


At first, the delay was expected to last for at least two weeks, but it lasted over a month and a half.


Energean said on Monday that, on 2 June 2020, the Sembcorp Marine Admiralty Yard, Singapore, reopened. Preparation works for the lifting of the topside modules of the Energean Power FPSO has started.


An application has been submitted to the Singapore Economic Development Board for the return of up to 529 workers for the Energean Power project.


The ramp-up of the workforce, currently expected over the course of June, will be dictated by the Singaporean authorities’ ongoing evaluation of the situation, Energean explained.


The forward work programme on the FPSO is contingent on the evolution of the global pandemic and decisions of the Singapore authorities.


Before any further effects of COVID-19, the key FPSO activities that are required to achieve first gas are topsides integration and commissioning activities in Singapore, which is expected to take approximately ten months; and then FPSO tow to the Karish field in Israel and subsequent mooring, hook-up and commissioning of the FPSO – expected to take up to four months.


Energean does not expect the revised timetable to have a material financial impact on the company due to the contracting structures that it has in place with its main contractor and its gas buyers.


Subsea installation


The pipelay vessel Solitaire and construction support vessel Normand Cutter arrived offshore Israel in May 2020.


The near-and-onshore pipeline installation has now been completed and laying of the remaining 80km gas pipeline that will deliver gas from the Energean Power FPSO to Israel has now started.


Core installation using the Solitaire is expected to be completed by end-June 2020. The full pipeline installation and pre-commissioning programme is expected to be completed in 4Q 2020, well within the project schedule.


Installation of the subsea equipment at the Karish field is progressing in line with expectations. Installation of the manifold and subsea isolation valves is ongoing and is expected to be completed by end-June 2020.


Installation of the three sets of risers that will connect the three producing wells to the FPSO is expected to start in 4Q 2020 and to be completed in 1Q 2021.


Filling FPSO capacity


Following a CPR of Karish North resource volumes, issued by Energean’s independent reserves auditor, Energean Israel has converted a further 0.6 bcm/yr of gas sales and purchase contracts (GSPAs) from contingent to firm.


Energean Israel’s firm GSPAs are now expected to deliver sold volumes of 5.6 bcm/yr on plateau, or approximately 75% of Energean’s independently verified resource base.


The CPR enables Energean to continue marketing its gas resources into the growing Israeli domestic market and regional export markets, with the aim to secure additional long-term cash flows and fulfil its goal of filling the 8 bcm/yr capacity of its FPSO.


All of Energean’s Karish GSPAs contain take-or-pay and floor pricing provisions, which reduce the risks on Energean’s cash flow generation profile on the Karish project and limit Energean’s exposure to global commodity price fluctuations.


https://buff.ly/3eZ6wC4

Back to Top

Drilling Down: Parsley Energy, Piedra Resources end dry spells

Two Texas oil companies have broken a period of almost a year without receiving drilling permits.


Austin oil company Parsley Energy ended a two-month period without drilling permits.


Parsley received three permits from the Texas Railroad Commission on June 1 to drill three horizontal wells on three leases in Midland County.


Expected to produce oil and gas, the wells target the Spraberry field at total depths ranging from 9,530 to 9,830 feet.


The ongoing oil price collapse prompted Parsley to slash capital spending by up to $800 million.


Prior to this batch of projects, the company had not received a new drilling permit since April 1.


Drilling Down: Oil companies that stopped filing drilling permits in Texas


Permian Basin


Midland oil company Piedra Resources has received its first drilling permits in nearly a year. The company plans to drill five horizontal wells on state-owned land in Andrews County. The wells target the Spraberry field at total depths ranging from 9,200 to 9,000 feet.


Schertz exploration and production company Tidal Petroleum plans to drill a pair of horizontal wells in oil-rich Karnes County. The company is seeking permission to drill a pair of wells targeting the Sugarkane field of the Austin Chalk formation to a total depth of 10,650 feet.


Haynesville Shale


There were no horizontal drilling permits filed in East Texas, but Tyler oil company Tanos Exploration plans to recomplete a vertical well on a lease in Panola County. The project targets the Briggs field of the Rodessa formation to a vertical depth of 8,350 feet.


Barnett Shale


North Texas has now gone a month without any new horizontal drilling permits, but Cisco oil company Anderson Production plans to recomplete an injection well on a lease in Shackelford County. The well targets the Caddo formation to a vertical depth of 3,650 feet.


Conventionals


Arlington oil company Bowerman Investments plans to go wildcatting on the company’s Jeffcoat lease in Concho. Located 13 miles southwest of Eden, the vertical well targets the Wildcat field to a vertical depth of 2,850 feet


https://www.houstonchronicle.com/business/energy/article/Drilling-Down-Parsley-Energy-Piedra-Resources-15317831.php&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmY2NDkxZTJkYjA5NDM2MDQ6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNHyCECmLLPGBDakNWZlVAGpV-HUB

Back to Top

Byron Energy begins loadout of Gulf of Mexico platform

Oil and gas company Byron Energy has begun the loadout of the South Marsh Island 58 G platform which will be installed in the Gulf of Mexico in the next four weeks.


Byron said on Tuesday that a coordination document was approved on 4 June 2020 which allows the company to set the production platform, lay oil and gas pipelines, and drill up to four wells.


On 9 June 2020, a material barge will arrive at a construction yard in Louisiana to begin the loadout of the SM58 G platform jacket pilings.


Once the pilings are loaded and secured, the barge will be moved to the primary construction yard, also in Louisiana, and the jacket will be loaded out. A second barge will carry the deck to the SM58 block where the Triton Offshore Hedron derrick barge will meet the material barges.


On location, the jacket will be set in place over the existing SM58 G1 well, pinned to the seafloor and then the deck will be lifted into place on top of the jacket and welded down.


With no weather delays, the entire operation is expected to take about 20 days from initial piling loadout to final demobilization of the derrick barge.


According to the company, the current schedule calls for pipeline operations to begin around 1 July. Completion operations using the EOD 264 jack-up rig are anticipated to begin in mid to late July.


SM58 G1 well the next target


Byron completed the drilling of this well in early October 2019. It encountered a true vertical thickness net pay of 301 feet in the Upper O Sands. Mud log data indicated a total hydrocarbon-bearing interval thickness in the Lower O section between 180 and 250 feet.


Due to hole conditions, the Lower O sand interval was not logged in, so SM58 G1 will be the primary target of a future well.


The SM58 G1 well was mudline suspended so that it could be completed and placed in production after the G platform is set.


Byron is the operator of in the SM58 block with a 100 per cent working interest and 83.33 per cent net revenue interest above 13,639 feet subsea.


Below 13,639 feet subsea, Byron has a 50 per cent interest and 41.67 per cent net revenue. To date, all identified drilling opportunities on the SM58 lease were above 13,639 feet.


Maynard Smith, Byron CEO, said: “This loadout and installation marks the beginning of the second phase of our construction program at SM58.


“Even with all of the recent issues in the oil industry, our team in Lafayette, Louisiana, has been able to deliver a top-quality nine slot production platform capable of handling 8,000 barrels of oil per day and 80 million cubic feet of gas per day on time and on budget.


“The construction process has progressed very smoothly, and we are excited that the time to set the G Platform has arrived. Our primary goal right now is to bring the G1 well into production”.


https://buff.ly/2XJcIbu

Back to Top

There is now no Russian Gas in Northern Europe

Ukraine remained for more than the decades strongly dependent on the supply of gas from Russia and on the transit of Russian gas to Europe. Those dependencies became a straightjacket when Russian leadership decided to use gas for political motives.


Since 2014, the new management in Naftogaz together with government and international support broke the Russian dependence. Ukraine escaped from the ‘modern slavery’, that was created by old contracts with Gazprom, and secured new 5-years contract for gas-transport.


What's next? How to move forward in securing supply for Ukrainian energy customers?


How to secure Ukrainian energy/gas independence in the short-term and medium-term?


Some are pointing towards the Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) market as the answer, there are now some 30 suppliers of LNG across the globe. Among others, the United States has significant ambitions to grow LNG exports and is eager to sell to Ukraine.


Ukraine already is supporting the import of LNG in Europe, especially in Poland. Poland receives LNG at their terminal throughout the whole year, and transports the gas through pipeline to Ukrainian storage facilities. The Ukrainian spare capacity allows to store gas delivered in summer for use in winter.


Should Ukraine act like Poland and embrace the direct import of LNG as well?


Ukraine could invest to build a large import terminal at the Black Sea or use the route through Poland. However, having limited funds, Ukraine must decide if it should prioritize investment in its own new gas reservoirs or in large LNG facilities and infrastructure to bring competing gas? Asking the question is answering it!


The economic case for long-term 20-year LNG contracts in Ukraine proves difficult because it is unlikely that long term-contract will include a guaranteed discount versus European prices.


The political case is equally difficult. While the USA may seem an attractive partner, does Ukraine really want to return to the era of dependence and enter in long term, inflexible, take or pay contracts?


Ukraine has better alternatives. Firstly, Ukraine gas market today is connected very well with the European market and Ukrainian market prices now reflect the realities of the entire European market. Ukrainians enjoy a huge benefit as the gas prices more than halved over the past year, translating directly in lower gas-bills for all Ukrainians. Lower prices combined with mild winter resulted in the estimated benefit for all Ukrainian consumers of over UAH40 bn in Jan-May 2020.


Interestingly, prices of long-term LNG volumes is some 50-100% above European market prices today. If Ukraine would have relied on LNG imports, the benefit to customers would be significantly smaller and gas prices higher.


Ukraine does not need long term contracts to buy gas in Europe.


Another alternative is to seek cooperation with Romania


Romania has struggled to find export markets for a large potential production they (ExxonMobil) found in the Black Sea. Ukraine could import gas directly from Romania. Stronger integration of both Ukrainian/Romanian gas-markets would further help increase the security of supply of both countries.


Romania has already proven its production potential and could start supplying much sooner than Ukraine (perhaps already in the coming 3-4 years) and Ukraine with its vast gas-storage possibilities could dedicate part of this to Romania in return.


Growing challenge for Naftogaz — to reduce dependence on gas imports, to increase production of Ukrainian gas and reduction of gas demand


Most of Ukraines proven gas reservoirs are already opened for production: 99% of Naftogaz blocks with proven reserves are into production today. Naftogaz, like all companies in the Oil & Gas sector, invest every year to counter that decline. In fact, about two-thirds of Naftogaz investments are dedicated to this cause.


Therefore, Ukraine must find new reservoirs in order to grow gas-production. Industry prognoses of further resources of Ukraine amount to more than 4 trillion m3. This could triple the amount of resources Ukraine has brought into production to date.


Investment in own gas can deliver an extra 3% GDP every year


Due to the war with Russia, the annexation of Crimea and part of Black Sea, doubts about rule of law in Ukraine and uncertainty about regulation, international oil & gas companies have now all-but-one left the country.


Ukraine is therefore at its own to find and invest in new reservoirs. After new reservoirs are found, foreign companies may however be excited to come (back) to Ukraine: With less risk, a stronger case for investment can be made.


Naftogaz and Ukraine should welcome those partners at that stage and be prepared to share some of the benefits of increased production with those that are willing to invest alongside with Naftogaz. This is because Ukraine needs much more investment capital than Naftogaz (or Ukraine) will be able to make available.


Also Naftogaz’ role will have to shift to becoming an ‘orchestrator’ that leads the identification of new reservoirs, who undertakes the initial investments to prove their size and who brings on board experienced investors to accelerate production from those new reservoirs. Over the coming 10 years, Ukraine should attract some $2-3B investments, annually. With Offshore, this number should be higher even.


The Oil & Gas sector in this way may become one of Ukraine’s pillars of economic growth, delivering an extra 3% points GDP growth every year for the coming 10 years. An exciting perspective lies ahead!


https://en.interfax.com.ua/news/blog/667686.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjU0NTE4ZWVlZTY3NTRiMmQ6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNG_NpgeIvB3orKYMpHIMuBvrCtdN

Back to Top

Sustained gas market slump would crush European power curves

LONDON (ICIS)--If gas prices remain at current low levels over the next five years, European coal and lignite-fired power generation would fall sharply, reaching roughly 60TWh below the ICIS analyst base case in both 2024 and 2025 across six major power markets.


Gas-fired power generation would also rise by 80TWh across France, Germany, Italy, Poland, Spain and UK.


Meanwhile, wholesale electricity prices would drop by an average of €15/MWh, according to the model-based study.


European gas markets have been hit by oversupply over the past year due to consecutive mild winters, a global LNG glut, and more recently, a slump in demand stemming from the coronavirus. The consequent gas price weakness has in turn spilled over onto power prices.


ICIS analysts modelled a scenario in which gas markets remained weak out to 2025 as valued at their currently perceived price floor, around the level at which US LNG exports into Europe could theoretically remain profitable. The results were compared with the ICIS analyst base case scenario.


ASSUMPTIONS


The low gas price scenario was constructed by assessing the US Henry Hub curve out to 2025 at the end of May and adding in the costs of liquefaction and transport to find an assessment of a potential TTF price floor. ICIS then used existing year-ahead spreads to TTF for the other European gas markets.


While the bearish gas price assumption represents an extreme scenario, it was employed to demonstrate the extent to which market forces, in this instance gas prices, could reduce coal and lignite-fired generation and power prices.


The ICIS carbon price assumptions for the period were also adjusted in line with the gas fuel price changes and impact on emissions. The original update has a full explanation of assumptions.


FUEL SWITCHING


The results of the analysis showed a dramatic rate of fuel switching from coal and lignite-fired generation to gas. The total gas-fired generation increase across the six countries steadily ramped up from 36TWh in 2022 to 79TWh by 2025, relative to the ICIS analyst base case.


Conversely, combined coal and lignite-fired generation decreased by 27TWh in 2022 to a total of 60TWh in 2025.


In 2021, due to the lower carbon price assumption in the weak gas price scenario, gas generation marginally fell and coal and lignite increased relative to the base case.


Germany saw coal and lignite output alone fall by almost 50TWh by 2025. The country generated around 150TWh from the two carbon-intensive fuel sources in 2019. Due to Germany’s vast and underutilised gas fleet, the weak gas price environment would enable more of its current 30GW capacity to generate gas-fired power. Output therefore increased by around 33TWh by 2025 in the low gas price scenario.


Italy and the UK (with 47GW and 35GW of gas-fired capacity installed respectively) would also see gas output rise significantly by between 15-20TWh by 2025.


France with 11GW of gas-fired capacity and Poland (4GW) have far fewer spare generation assets and would see a more muted generation increase.


PRICE IMPACT


The findings demonstrate the significant price impact of a sustained weak gas price environment. Compared to the base case, prices would steadily fall by an average of €2/MWh in 2021, €7/MWh in 2023 and €15/MWh in 2025 with Spain, Italy, France and the UK the experiencing the greatest downward price pressure.


Spanish prices would fall to a discount to Germany. The Italian premium to Germany would be squeezed from around €5.50/MWh in 2021 to €1.50/MWh in 2025.


Poland would be the outlier with prices only slumping by €6/MWh due to its greater reliance on coal and lignite-fired generation.


Germany and Poland, which both have large fleets of coal and lignite-fired plants, would see power imports ramp up particularly in the years 2024 and 2025 when the carbon price is forecast to reach its most bullish. Germany’s net imports would rise to 77TWh in 2025 - a 50TWh jump from the 2020 base case.


https://www.icis.com/explore/resources/news/2020/06/09/10517340/sustained-gas-market-slump-would-crush-european-power-curves&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmMwZTMyMmU3YmYyMjJjYzU6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNHqfC95JFTaIR-z-P-PVgIG1ylvl

Back to Top

China Shuts Down Teapot Refiners To Make Room For New $20 Billion Complex

China’s province of Shandong – home to most of the country’s independent refiners – plans to shut down as much as 500,000 bpd refining capacity at the so-called teapots as it pushes forward with a huge US$20-billion refinery and petrochemical complex in the province, industry officials told Reuters.


The province of Shandong has had plans since 2018 to shut down a total of 500,000 bpd of refining capacity at independence refiners. Now the plan for the new giant complex is likely speeding the decision to shut that capacity, which is equal to around a fifth of the province’s refining capacity, according to Reuters sources.


Last week, China gave the go-ahead to plans for the huge $20-billion refinery and petrochemical complex in the Shandong province, Reuters reported, citing two industry sources familiar with the approval process.


The mega petrochemical complex has been years in the planning, but now it looks like the world’s top oil importer is looking to spend money on oil infrastructure in order to reinvigorate the economy hit by the coronavirus.


China’s National Development & Reform Commission (NDRC) approved the Shandong Yulong Petrochemical project, Reuters’ sources said.


The complex in the Shandong province – where most of China’s independent refiners, the so-called teapots, are based – is expected to host now the mega project which analysts expect to become operational at some point at the end of 2024. Shandong Yulong Petrochemical will have an oil refinery with a capacity to process 400,000 barrels per day (bpd) and an ethylene plant producing 3 million tons per year. According to Reuters’ sources, the investment in the project will be some US$19.7 billion (140 billion Chinese yuan).


The teapots that could be closed are likely to include Binyang Ranhua, Zhonghai Jingxi Chemical, Yuhuang Chemical, and Jinshi Asphalt, analysts and an oil source in the Shandong province told Reuters.


https://oilprice.com/Latest-Energy-News/World-News/China-Shuts-Down-Teapot-Refiners-To-Make-Room-For-New-20-Billion-Complex.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjk5YzNmM2Y0NmU2Yjk4MTk6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNFwgSi9MEUkIqnywAvqK9pnXj38v

Back to Top

Occidental Considers Selling Off Middle East Oil & Gas Assets

Occidental Petroleum may be considering a sale of oil and gas assets in Oman to reduce its debt burden, unnamed source familiar with the matter told Bloomberg.


The assets could fetch over $1 billion, the sources added.


Occidental has a debt load of some $40 billion, most of which it took on last year when it bought sector player Anadarko in what now many see as one of the worst-timed acquisitions in history, finalized just months before oil prices tanked. About $11 billion of this debt matures by 2022 and the company is actively seeking ways to conserve and generate cash.


The acquisition cost Oxy some $55 billion and aimed at expanding its presence in the U.S. shale patch, which got battered by the oil price crash. Because of the unfortunate timing of its acquisition of Anadarko, Oxy has become one of the worst-affected oil players in the United States. Asset sales, one of the usual means of reducing significant debt loads, will fetch a lot less than before the crisis if they go through at all.


Occidental has interests in three oil fields in Oman as well as assets in the United Arab Emirates and Qatar’s North Field, the largest gas deposit in the world. It is, however, not the only one selling assets in the Middle East. Earlier this month, Bloomberg reported BP was selling about 10 percent in the Khazzan gas field in Oman, looking to get more than $1 billion for it.


Improving oil priced could help such divestments go through and help reduce debt loads. Meanwhile, Oxy has cut its capital spending program for his year by over 50 percent, outdoing its competitors in the cuts. The company said in May it planned to spend just $2.4-2.6 billion in capex this year, and cut costs by some $1.2 billion.


By Irina Slav for Oilprice.com


More Top Reads From Oilprice.com:


https://oilprice.com/Latest-Energy-News/World-News/Occidental-Considers-Selling-Off-Middle-East-Oil-Gas-Assets.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjk5YzNmM2Y0NmU2Yjk4MTk6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNFsQS8Fem8UfoMpDof9dsFf9JxdK

Back to Top

O&G stocks top active list as crude rises on easing of Covid-19 lockdown, Saudi Arabia ending production cuts

KUALA LUMPUR (June 9): Oil and gas (O&G) stocks were the most active stocks on Bursa Malaysia in the first hour of trading today after oil prices rose in a global recovery with Covid-19 pandemic lockdowns easing, while top producer Saudi Arabia said that it would end its extra voluntary production cuts after June.


As at 11.06am, shares in Sapura Energy Bhd rose half a sen or 4.76% at 11 sen. The stock, which was the fourth active stock in the morning trade today, saw some 141.21 million shares transacted.


Hibiscus Petroleum Bhd was up two sen or 2.94% at 70 sen, valuing the group at RM1.08 billion. It saw some 98.94 million shares traded.


In the sixth place was Velesto Energy Bhd, which rose half a sen or 2.94% at 17.5 sen with 90.67 million shares traded.


Bumi Armada Bhd rose one sen or 3.92% at 26.5 sen with 89.27 million shares traded.


KNM Group Bhd rose half a sen or 1.96% at 26 sen, valuing the group at RM666.8 million at 11.58am. The stock saw some 42.07 million shares traded.


Bursa's Energy Index, which tracks the share prices in O&G-related companies, rose 23.11 points or 2.78% to 854.69 points at 11.23am.


Meanwhile, Reuters reported that oil prices climbed today, paring losses from the previous session as markets broadly rose on growing confidence in a global recovery with pandemic lockdowns easing.


Reuters said Brent crude futures went up 1.4% or 56 cents to US$41.36 a barrel, while US West Texas Intermediate crude futures rose 1.3% or 50 cents to US$38.69 a barrel after dropping by US$1.36 yesterday.


In a note today, AmInvestment Bank Research analyst Alex Goh said even though a measure of optimism has returned for crude oil prices, the research house expects oil producers to proceed with their planned production cuts for this year given that demand globally remains depressed amid the prolonged Covid-19 movement restrictions and social-distancing measures across the world.


He said Petronas, which earlier indicated intention to maintain domestic capital expenditure (capex), has announced cuts of 21% for capex and 12% operating expenditure this year.


"This is similar to the 20% to 30% capex reductions for 2020 which were earlier announced by Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch Shell, Saudi Aramco and Petrobras.


"In 1Q20 (first quarter of 2020), the new contract awards to Malaysian operators dropped 74% q-o-q (quarter-on-quarter) and 70% y-o-y (year-on-year) to RM569 million, with the worst fallout yet to come in 2Q20 onwards," he noted.


Given that the US oil inventories remain high at 534 million barrels (24%) y-o-y, the research house has raised its crude oil forecast to US$40-US$45 per barrel from US$35-US$40 per barrel for 2020, while maintaining US$45-US$50 per barrel for 2021.


"We maintain our view that most participants in the sector, except those in storage and recurring maintenance services, will be adversely impacted.


"Those with upstream production-sharing contracts such as Sapura Energy and Hibiscus Petroleum will suffer from lower prices and offtake, followed by fabricators such as MMHE and offshore support providers Bumi Armada and Velesto Energy.


"However, the earnings of service providers involved in maintenance and tank storage facilities such as Dialog Group Bhd and Serba Dinamik Holdings Bhd will be resilient against the cyclical nature of industry dynamics," he added.


The research house has upgraded the O&G sector to "neutral" from "underweight" given the resumption of some optimism to the sector, while its "sell" calls have moderated.


"We have just added Petronas Chemicals Group Bhd, which has a high correlation to oil price direction, to our 'buy' together with Dialog Group and Serba Dinamik.


"Nevertheless, as we continue to view the still low oil prices and earnings of upstream service companies to be worse than the previous 2015-2017 downcycle which led to multiple financial distress to O&G corporations, we retain our 'sell' calls on Bumi Armada, Sapura Energy and Velesto Energy," Alex added.


https://www.theedgemarkets.com/article/og-stocks-top-active-list-crude-rises-easing-covid19-lockdown-saudi-arabia-ending-production&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjk4ODhkODc2MDlkMzU0NGY6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNG7RHnFnEPU1uNNGDBopxord_K0K

Back to Top

Feature: Asia's ample US crude imports in H1 unlikely to rattle OPEC producers

Singapore — Asia's high volume of US crude imports in the first half 2020 could prove a false alarm for OPEC+ producers fretting over their shrinking share of the Asian demand pie following the coronavirus pandemic, with several Asian refiners planning to cut US crude purchases in H2 as WTI increasingly proves much more expensive than Middle Eastern grades.


Asia's overall crude oil imports fell sharply in the first few months of 2020 as economic activities slowed down due to restrictions to contain the spread of COVID-19, but demand for US crude remained robust.


Asia's biggest US crude customer, South Korea, imported 53.76 million barrels from the US over January-April, up 34% year on year, latest data from state-run Korea National Oil Corp. showed.


Thailand boosted its US crude imports over January-April to 145,460 b/d from 82,988 b/d barrels a year earlier, while Taiwan - Asia's second biggest US crude customer last year - raised its US imports by 2% year on year in the first quarter to 166,746 b/d.


However, Asia's ample US crude intake does not reflect attractive US-Asia arbitrage economics or a full recovery in Asian oil demand, as the spot trades for the US cargoes received to date this year were concluded before the pandemic, refinery officials and trading desk mangers across Asia told S&P Global Platts.


Typically, spot trades for US crude are concluded at least 3-4 weeks before the cargo loading dates. It also takes around 45-60 days for a VLCC to reach the Far East from the US Gulf Coast. This means that the bulk of the US crude that arrived in Asia over January-April was the result of deals concluded in Q4 2019, refinery officials at South Korea's SK Innovation and GS Caltex said.


Refiners across Asia rushed to secure adequate supply of low sulfur refinery feedstock late last year to ramp up supply of IMO-compliant clean marine fuels, refinery sources said. Shipowners had started stockpiling low sulfur fuel oils in late 2019 as a hedge against a lack of fuel availability and poor quality fuels ahead of the IMO's 0.5% sulfur cap on marine fuels from January 1.


Despite the onset of the global coronavirus pandemic at the start of the year, major bunkering hubs worldwide likely saw their bunker fuel sales rise in the first few months of 2020 due to strong demand for LSFO. Bunker fuel sales for April in Singapore in particular rose on year as shipowners secured larger stems of LSFO amid the collapse in crude oil prices, industry officials said.


MIDDLE EAST DISCOUNT


Asian refiners said US crude imports could recede from Q3 as they no longer find WTI, Bakken and Eagle Ford grades attractive, potentially enabling Middle Eastern producers to lift their sales to Asia when OPEC+ members roll back the coalition's output cut agreement to 7.7 million b/d after July.


Platts data showed the spread between WTI Midland on a CFR North Asia basis and Abu Dhabi's Murban on an Asia delivered basis has averaged $2.96/b to date in Q2, widening from 54 cents/b in Q1 and 11 cents/b in Q4 2019. The spread between WTI Midland and Iraq's flagship Basrah Light on an Asia-delivered basis has averaged $1.95/b to date in Q2, widening from $1.48/b in Q1 and $1.35/b in Q4 2019.


Despite the latest hike in Saudi OSP differentials for July-loading cargoes bound for Asia, many refiners would continue to favor Persian Gulf cargoes over US export grades, including WTI Midland and Eagle Ford, due to the prevailing high long-haul freight rates.


The VLCC rate for the USGC-Singapore route has averaged $35.33/mt to date in H1, sharply higher than $29.97/mt in H2 2019 and $17.64/mt in H1 last year, Platts data showed.


"It was only a year or so ago when WTI was trading at a discount of as much as around $10/b to Dubai. US crude is not attractive at all for Q3 deliveries," a trading source at Thailand's PTT said.


South Korea may start reducing shipments from the US in Q3 due to higher costs, officials at SK Innovation and GS Caltex said. The country's refiners paid an average of $46.44/b for crude imported from the US in April, higher than the $30.30/b average paid for Saudi and $21.62/b for Kuwaiti crudes, according to latest KNOC data.


CHINA DEAL


It is not all doom and gloom for US crude suppliers as China has stepped up purchases of North American oil in recent trading cycles in an effort to comply with the Phase 1 trade deal with Washington struck in January.


China has committed to buy $18.5 billion more of US energy products in 2020 than it bought in 2017, and $33.9 billion more in 2021 over 2017 levels, with expectations of similar levels through 2025.


Regardless of the arbitrage economics, Chinese refiners may need to extend their US crude buying spree for the remainder of the year if Beijing intends to fulfil the $18.5 billion energy purchase agreement amid current low oil prices.


China did not import any US crude in 2020 until May 12, when a cargo of Alaska North Slope arrived in Shandong province, but its US crude imports are poised to rise sharply in coming months.


Trade flow tracker Kpler data showed China is set to receive more than 2.82 million mt of US crude in July. The bulk of the Q3 arrival cargoes have been purchased by China's independent refiners, according to Shandong-based refinery officials.


http://plts.co/R8iI50A3HQv

Back to Top

Decline in natural gas demand may take years to reset

LONDON (Bloomberg) --The global natural gas market is poised for the biggest-ever drop in demand as a result of the Coronavirus crisis, an event that’s likely to hamper the industry’s growth for years to come.


Consumption is set to slump by 4% this year, or twice the amount lost after the 2008 financial crisis, according to the International Energy Agency’s Gas 2020 report. Global demand is expected to rise by just 1.5% annually to 2025, compared with a previous forecast of 1.8%.


“The record decline this year represents a dramatic change of circumstances for an industry that had become used to strong increases in demand,” said Fatih Birol, the IEA’s executive director. “The Covid-19 crisis will have a lasting impact on future market developments, dampening growth rates and increasing uncertainties.”


The outlook marks a retreat in optimism from the Paris-based IEA, which posited in 2011 that gas was entering a “golden age” as a bridge fuel for swapping out carbon-heavy coal for renewables. The bearish tone follows one of the warmest-ever winters in the northern hemisphere offering no respite from a shrinking global economy.


Annual gas consumption had already started to slow. In 2019 demand grew an estimated 1.8% amid mild temperatures and slowing economic growth, particularly in China. That’s in line with the average growth rate over 2010-17.


European demand fell by 7% year-on-year in the first five months of 2020 as coronavirus lockdowns curbed electricity consumption and industrial use of gas, according to the report.


Demand for gas in the power sector accounted for half of the decrease in worldwide consumption, it said in the report.


Mature markets such as Europe and North America will recoup most of the losses next year and lower gas prices will help demand recover in China and Asian emerging markets, the IEA said. Growth in the three years to 2025 will largely come from fast-growing Asian markets.


The report is based on assumptions that the global economy will return pre-Covid-19 levels without a second pandemic, said Keisuke Sadamori, IEA’s director for energy markets and security. “But of course it depends. If a big second wave arrives in winter this year, for instance, the outlook would be substantially different.”


China will become the biggest liquefied natural gas buyer in 2023, overtaking Japan, while India’s consumption will approach that of South Korea, now the third-biggest consumer.


Slower growth in gas demand will mean liquefaction capacity additions will outpace LNG import growth through 2025, potentially reducing the prospects of a tighter market.


Global LNG trade will rise 21% by 2025 from 2019, reaching 585 billion cubic meters. The U.S. will become the biggest seller of the super-chilled fuel in 2025.


“After a very strong wave of investments in new LNG projects, LNG consumption will be trailing behind the capacity which leaves the market with opened net selling positions, rising competition in the new markets in emerging regions,” Jean-Baptiste Dubreuil, IEA natural gas analyst, said in a press conference.


Despite battered demand, European imports of gas will increase by more than 10% in the next five years, representing an opportunity from external suppliers -- from Russia to LNG producers -- to bring in an extra 45 billion cubic meters a year of gas in that period.


http://ow.ly/YEL150A3Qaq

Back to Top

Oil and gas drilling investment forecast to fall to 15-year low

Global spending on oil and gas drilling this year is forecast to fall to the lowest level in 15 years, a new report said.


Energy companies are expected to spend $383 billion this year on drilling and pumping for oil and gas, a 29 percent decline from the $539 billion spent last year. This year’s upstream investment is lower than the bottom of the last oil bust, and is expected to remain flat into 2021, according to Rystad Energy, a Norwegian research firm.


“As the impact will be more severe than in the previous downturn, companies are fiercely defending shareholder value and pivoting towards more conservative spending strategies in the near-term,” said Olga Savenkova, Rystad Energy’s upstream analyst. “As the global upstream sector contends with low prices, falling demand, and fluctuating exchange rates, every dollar cut will strike directly to the bone.”


Rystad expects shale oil investments will take the biggest hit, forecast to fall more than 50 percent to $67.3 billion this year. Oil sands investments will follow with a decline of 44 percent to $5.1 billion. Other onshore investments are forecast to fall by 23 percent to $182.4 billion this year.


On the other hand, offshore spending is expected to be least affected by the latest oil bust, according to Rystad. Deepwater spending is estimated to fall by nearly 16 percent to $69 billion this year while offshore shelf spending is expected to fall by 14 percent to $59.5 billion.


Global upstream spending was already expected to fall by up to $100 billion this year as oil and gas producers continued to tighten their belts in the aftermath of the 2014-16 oil bust. However, as crude prices plunged to record lows during the coronavirus pandemic, operators were forced to cut even deeper, Rystad said.


Although the current drop in upstream investment is similar to what happened during the last bust, industry spending is falling from a lower peak to a deeper trough, Rystad said. During the 2014-16 downturn, upstream investment fell 27 percent, but virtually no wells were shut down and energy companies focused their cuts on supply chain and unnecessary expenses.


During this current downturn, energy companies have closed, or shut in existing wells, and slashed spending on new wells, making it difficult to replace declining production in the future, Rystad said. About 125 oil exploration and production companies have announced spending cuts totalling $100 billion this year.


https://www.houstonchronicle.com/business/energy/article/Oil-and-gas-drilling-investment-forecast-to-fall-15332721.php&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHGUzNTNmYzI0N2YyZGM3ODQ6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNEgk5I4GY5rBIAHoClmiI4FsXSIa

Back to Top

ADIPEC Energy Dialogue reveals key to recovery of oil market

A revival in manufacturing across the world holds the key to the mid-term recovery of oil and gas markets, with consumer demand likely to lag as the energy industry begins to recover from the twin shock of the COVID-19 crisis and the resulting demand crash.


Participating in the latest online ADIPEC Energy Dialogue, Rachel Ziemba, an economic and political risk expert and Founder of Ziemba Insights, said the early signs from China, the first major economy to exit from the COVID-19 induced lockdown, are that manufacturing has bounced back more than consumption and that trend could be repeated in other countries.


“It is notable that the COVID crisis and the associated economic and energy crisis has really been the first to blow out the global consumer,” Ziemba said. “2008 was much more of a hit to the financial sector and manufacturing. This time it is the reverse. The big question is how quickly consumer demand will come back.”


Ziemba added it could be well into 2021 before oil and gas markets get to volumes approaching where the industry was at the end of 2019.


Looking at the trends likely to impact the recovery of oil markets in the mid-term, Ziemba said the OPEC Plus group of producers has had some success in tightening the market. But a question mark hangs over how long supply can be constrained.


“The challenge is that a few countries, those that are most economically strapped and not eligible for debt relief, are not complying in full and some have barely reduced production,” Ziemba said. “Despite pressure from the likes of Saudi Arabia and Russia, it is going to be very difficult for them to comply because these are countries that had big fiscal deficits when oil was $70 a barrel.


“The other challenge is that we are starting to see parts of the US shale industry starting to reverse shut ins. We are also seeing more rig activity after many weeks of decline. In a price range of mid-30s into a 40 range, there will be more entities that can make some money and the risk is that it puts even more pressure on OPEC Plus. So, I do think the most likely scenario is a rolling over and extension of the supply cuts.”


Access to credit, to support economic recovery, is an additional challenge for indebted oil producing countries, which are having to deal with multiple shocks at the same time, including sizable outbreaks of the COVID-19 coronavirus that may or may not be under control. Many of the oil producers that are in a tougher financial position than their rich peers are too wealthy to qualify for debt relief, Ziemba said, heightening social, political and economic risks which could further impact the oil and gas industry.


Elsewhere, as oil and gas companies seek for ways to recover, Ziemba said she expects to see some industry consolidation, particularly in the United States with more cash rich entities looking to go into smaller, more speculative areas that are lower cost. She also highlighted the possibility of further job cuts as companies become leaner and decide between boosting commercial reserves, or partnering with governments. Meanwhile, she added she expects to see more National Oil Company enter into partnerships, for example Middle East producers and Asian buyers, which enable greater creativity in payment terms and contracts.


The ADIPEC Energy Dialogue is a series of weekly online thought leadership events created by dmg events, organisers of the annual Abu Dhabi International Exhibition and Conference. Featuring key stakeholders and decision-makers in the oil and gas industry, the dialogues focus on how the industry is evolving and transforming in response to the rapidly changing energy market.


ADIPEC 2020 is projected to attract more than 155,000 energy professionals from 67 countries; including senior decision-makers and energy industry thought leaders, over 2,200 exhibiting companies and 23 national exhibiting pavilions as oil and gas companies convene to share views and best practices to address the long-term impact of the triple challenge of lower oil prices, weaker demand and over supply.


Held under the patronage of His Highness Sheikh Khalifa Bin Zayed Al Nahyan, President of the UAE; hosted by the Abu Dhabi National Oil Company (ADNOC); and supported by the UAE Ministry of Energy & Industry, the Abu Dhabi Chamber, and the Abu Dhabi Tourism and Culture Authority, ADIPEC is scheduled to take place from November 9 to 11, at the Abu Dhabi National Exhibition Centre (ADNEC).


https://www.energyreviewmena.com/index.php/article/oil-gas/item/786-adipec-energy-dialogue-reveals-key-to-recovery-of-oil-market&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHGUzNTNmYzI0N2YyZGM3ODQ6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNE2OQ7QwnB3TFTzg1TVnvrxkxwoY

Back to Top

Alternative Energy

Rationalizing Tesla’s Stock Price

On Monday, June 1, 2020, Tesla Inc. (NASDAQ:TSLA)‘s stock price rose $63.10 to close at $898.10. Given that Tesla has 185.37 million shares outstanding, this jump in price represented an increase in market capitalization of $11.7 billion. To provide perspective, that number equals approximately 50% of Ford’s market capitalization. That leads one to suspect there must have been some important good news either over the weekend or on Monday. Unfortunately, most of the news filtering in was bad. Electric car sales were down in China. Tesla was cutting prices in the United States. The deep recession was leading auto experts to predict lower future car sales. This hardly seems like the sort of environment that can explain the stock price rising $63.10 from a price that Mr. Musk had said only a few weeks ago was already too high.


But there was one important piece of good news, although it had nothing to do with the auto industry. On Saturday, May 30, Musk’s other company, SpaceX, had a major success. By successfully launching its new Crew Dragon spacecraft with astronauts on board for the first time, SpaceX became the first private company to launch astronauts for NASA. The test flight, called Demo-2, was also the first crewed launch to orbit from the United States since the space shuttle program ended in 2011.


Rationalizing Tesla's Stock Price


Although the SpaceX launch had nothing to do with the auto industry, it did have something to say about Mr. Musk. As I have noted in previous articles, rationalizing even Tesla’s price of $835.00 prior to the jump requires the assumption that the company is going to continue to be an innovation leader, grow dramatically and become one of the two or three top automobile companies in the world. At the higher price of $898.10, it is all the same, even more so.


That is where SpaceX comes into play. Its success says to the market that Musk is a genius and an innovator. Investors might not be able to say exactly how that will translate into a dominant market position for Tesla Inc. (NASDAQ:TSLA), but such understanding is not required. Investors are not betting on Tesla per se, but on Elon Musk, and the success of SpaceX underscores the market’s confidence in him. If this guy can put rockets into space, how hard can it be to build better cars than Ford or GM? What are those companies doing to keep up with this genius?


Needless to say, experiences such as the current stock price jump come with a warning for competing auto makers and investors who hold their stock. One response to such events such as Monday’s jump in Tesla’s stock price is to “wait it out.” Eventually, the market will realize the car business is highly competitive and capital intensive and as Tesla’s growth stalls its stock price will come back to earth. But that viewpoint overlooks one key point. Tesla’s sky-high stock price makes it possible for the company to raise equity capital on much more favorable terms than its competitors. In effect, investors are willing to give Musk capital on terms they would not offer to any other automaker. That makes it possible for Tesla to do things that its competitors cannot. In effect, the belief in Musk becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy for Tesla.


Difficulty In Competing With Tesla


Unless competing auto makers respond in kind, it will become increasingly difficult for them to compete with Tesla.  Somehow the competitors have to convince both investors and future car buyers that they have the talent and creativity to compete with Musk, even if they are not putting astronauts into orbit.  To date, they have been markedly deficient in that respect.  In terms of market capitalization, Tesla Inc. (NASDAQ:TSLA) is now worth as much as Ford, GM, Fiat-Chrysler, Honda, BMW and Daimler-Benz, combined.


That suggests the competitors that have a lot of work to do to compete with the rocket man.  However, it does not mean that Tesla at current nosebleed prices is a reasonable investment.  Ultimately, the company has to produce and sell cars to generate cash flows and it is hard to see how the company can do enough of either to justify its current valuation.  The simple fact is that mass producing a reliable automobile at a consistent profit is incredibly difficult.  It does not have a great deal of wow factor.  To earn a fair return on an investment in Tesla at these levels, another rocket launch may required.


https://finance.yahoo.com/news/rationalizing-tesla-stock-price-105505430.html

Back to Top

Fair and square

Before the COVID-19 lockdowns, the Department of Energy (DoE) was expecting a very tight power supply situation in 2020. Concurring with this projection, just this January, the Independent Electricity Market Operator of the Philippines Inc. (IEMOP), operator of the Wholesale Electricity Spot Market (WESM), expected rising prices because of the increasing consumer demand, worsened by delays in the building of new power generation sources. At best, new power plants were expected to go online in 2021-2022, that is before the lockdowns happened.


The stay-at-home restrictions of the Luzon-wide Enhanced Community Quarantine (ECQ) reversed the looming power shortage virtually overnight as the daily congestion of Luzon’s business districts, bustling malls, and factories, suddenly stopped operations. The height of the lockdowns in March was reported by the DoE to have dropped electricity demand by 30 percent. 


So where is the 70-percent demand coming from?


Aside from the essential operations that were allowed to continue during the ECQ, we consumers shifted at least eight hours of our electricity consumption from our workplace to our homes. Whatever we consume at home, whether it be food, water, electricity, domestic services, and entertainment, must be paid for like all transactions.


As rising figures are reported daily on the country’s COVID-19 data, there seems to be a disconnect in interpretations on whether we are flattening the curve or just beginning to find out where we actually are as testing rates and capacities improve. Anxieties are already high, and everyone is sensitive to any perceived aggravation of the already serious situation.


This disconnection or failure to understand is oftentimes a gap in communication especially when jargon, technicalities, and knee jerk, emotional reactions fog out a more factual, calm, and unbiased view of a situation. This is what happened to the confusion over Meralco’s electric bill during the ECQ months.


A not-so-simple approach to understanding a controversy is to listen to all sides, filter the facts from fiction, and analyze the data to come up with an easy to understand explanation. In this case where there is public interest, simplifying the communication is best.


Listening to the testimonies from the hearings in both Houses and Congress and a cursory review of the highly regulated mandate of Meralco as a Distribution Utility service, it seems that the billing confusion can be traced to the Energy Regulation Commission’s (ERC) policy to charge an estimated amount based on electricity consumption in the past three months when ECQ conditions did not allow Meralco’s electric meter readers to make their normal rounds. When meter reading resumes, the actual consumption can then be computed and reconciled in the succeeding billings.


Apparently, everybody was understandably pre-occupied with lockdown concerns and did not give this force majeure procedure, though announced and discussed in some of the news and daily updates on COVID 19, could not compete with the overload of pandemic news. Hence the bill shock when the May billing was delivered.


Electricity bills during the cooler weather months of January to February are always relatively lower compared to the hot and humid summer months when air conditioning and electric fans are blowing day and night. Meralco explained that the bill received in May was based on “actual” meter reading already adjusted from the previous “estimated” consumption. Observing the reactions of stakeholders, this did not match their perceived average consumption. Meralco, seeing the misunderstanding, admitted that there should have been better communication; it has apologized in many venues.


Moving forward, a more Solomonic and simple solution was allowed by the Energy Regulatory Commission. All affected in the ECQ areas will just wait for the June billing where actual consumption will be reconciled whether you paid your previous billing or not. To avoid the expected high billing from consumption in the ECQ months, consumers with 201 KWH monthly consumption have the option to pay in four monthly installments while all others may pay in six months. This is simple and reasonable.


The simplest way to check is to compare your meter reading in June with the last pre-ECQ bill. That’s how much KWH you actually consumed while you and your family, still quarantined, used electric fans, aircons, TV, lights and all other gadgets and appliances in your home 24/7. Just the number of times you open your refrigerator and iron your clothes will already affect your electric bill.


More alleviation measures are being implemented to lower the electricity bill, such as: suspension of the Guaranteed Minimum Billing Demand for Meralco customers with contracted consumption, suspension of Minimum Off take Provision by power generation plants, and the suspension of the environmental charge component in the universal charge starting July.Meralco has promised to be fair and square. As consumers, we demand no less.


https://manilastandard.net/opinion/columns/open-thoughts-by-orlando-oxales/325474/fair-and-square.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHDhlNDgwYmMzNTgyYzM1M2Q6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNE_BGKJpR7MBulErpQ6tM8IcNeQS

Back to Top

Wind Energy Investment To Overtake Oil & Gas In 2022 In Europe

The oil market collapse caused by the Covid-19 pandemic is set to delay several oil and gas developments in Western Europe, putting capital expenditure in the offshore sector on a continued downwards trajectory through 2022. In light of the postponement of multiple final investment decisions (FIDs) on projects and lower investments in offshore oil and gas, coupled with increasing activity in the offshore wind sector, Rystad Energy expects that the two markets will reach parity as soon as next year. We anticipate that capital expenditure (capex) on offshore wind will surpass upstream O&G spending in Europe in 2022.


Capex towards offshore wind in Europe surpassed the $10 billion mark in 2015 and has since hovered in the range of $10 billion to $15 billion per year. Annual capex levels are expected to rise from around $11.1 billion in 2019 to around $13.8 billion in 2020, $18.2 billion in 2021 and more than $22 billion in 2022.


The abundant oil supply and reduced demand have taken their toll on the oil price, and consequently annual capex towards upstream offshore oil and gas in Europe is expected to decline from more than $25 billion in 2019 to less than $17 billion in 2022.


“Offshore wind development in Europe is expected to flourish in the coming years as countries strive to reach their ambitious 2030-targets – and large investments will be required,” says Alexander Flotre, Rystad Energy’s project manager for offshore wind.


“Commissioning activity is expected to increase towards 2025, and projects expected to be operational in 2023-2025 are already driving up capital expenditure in 2020. This trend will continue in the coming years,” Flotre adds.


Historically, Europe has been the key market for offshore wind development, accounting for almost 80% of global installed capacity at the end of 2019. While strong growth is expected in China, South East Asia and the US in the years to come, Europe is expected to maintain its number one position through 2025 in terms of installed capacity.


From an installed base of 21.9 gigawatts (GW) in 2019, European capacity is expected to increase to more than 53 GW by 2025, constituting an annual growth rate of 16%. While Europe’s ambitious plans for 2030 will require new tender rounds in the coming years, most of the commissioning activity towards 2025 is expected to come from projects that have already been approved.


The UK is the largest country in Europe in terms of offshore wind capacity and is expected to drive a big portion of the growth towards 2025, with mega-projects such as Dogger Bank, Sofia and additional Hornsea phases currently on the cards, among others. Other established countries such as the Netherlands, Germany, Belgium and Denmark are also expected to contribute to the increased spending levels, while newcomers such as France and Poland will add to the growth in the 2023 to 2025 period.


“Many service companies have already transitioned towards concentrating increasingly on offshore wind activities, compared to their legacy oil and gas business. For these players, the growth in the offshore wind market provides a well-timed cushion that softens the blow of declining investments in the traditional oilfield services sector,“ Flotre concludes.


https://oilprice.com/Alternative-Energy/Nuclear-Power/Wind-Energy-Investment-To-Overtake-Oil-Gas-In-2022-In-Europe.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmMwZTMyMmU3YmYyMjJjYzU6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGl23VVYvNeckTRBuqYY3qH5yj3P

Back to Top

Covid-19 recovery money should go into CO2 capture

OPINION: In the Swiss village of Hinwil, near Zurich, there’s a trash incineration plant with a row of what look like oversized air conditioning units on top of it.


Last September, I climbed to the top of that building and stood in front of the wall of fans as they gently sucked in the surrounding air. Behind each fan, a type of filter called a sorbent captures the carbon dioxide particles in the air.


A heating process then allows the CO2 to be captured in gas form. Some gas is sent via a pipeline to a large greenhouse where it is used to help grow tomatoes and eggplants. Some is sent to a local cola bottling plant where it puts the fizz in drinks.


The Swiss company behind these machines, Climeworks, has other facilities in Italy and Iceland, and is turning the CO2 into solid materials as well as sending it deep underground for safe storage.


Use of renewable energy is gradually requiring us to dig up and burn fewer fossil fuels. But the transition isn’t happening fast enough to save us from the worst impacts of climate change.


Christiana Figueres, the former head of the UN climate change convention, warned last week that as much as US$20 trillion in Covid-19 recovery funding will be allocated globally in the next 18 months.


Sandra Snaebjornsdottir/Carbfix Carbon dioxide is turned into stone using a Carbfix process.


“The scale of this stimulus will shape the contours of the global economy over the next decade, if not longer,” she wrote in The Guardian.


The pandemic threatens to see efforts to green the economy stagnate as governments throw money at shovel-ready projects. Green "strings" should be attached to all of these projects, so they are environmentally sustainable. But let’s not fool ourselves, many will be carbon intensive by nature.


We’ll therefore have to supercharge our efforts to scale up technology like direct air capture to salvage efforts to reduce emissions. Climeworks’ technology works. The problem is that it is currently too costly to be viable. It costs around US$500 to US$600 to remove a metric ton of carbon this way. The cost needs to be around US$100 for the technology to have a chance.


Running the machines on electricity from renewable energy sources is crucial and here is where New Zealand could play a role. Carbon dioxide is evenly distributed in the atmosphere. When the Tiwai Point aluminium smelter finally shuts down, we could use that energy to go into the carbon sucking business, earning carbon credits in the process.


Climeworks last week raised US$75 million, representing the largest private investment in direct air capture to date. The challenges of doing this at scale are massive.


Researchers estimate that removing just one per cent of CO2 emissions would cost US$400 billion a year. The technology requires exponential improvement. But it's an innovation challenge worth pursuing to help salvage a decade that could easily be lost to getting us back to where we were pre Covid-19.


https://www.stuff.co.nz/science/121727214/covid19-recovery-money-should-go-into-co2-capture&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjU3YmM5ZDYyY2E0NzBlYzQ6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNFdAq-0JbrWQ7tg5B2C-dMe-jsv4

Back to Top

CATL Now Promises 2-Million Kilometer, 16-Year Battery Technology

Tesla is yet to confirm when it will reveal its battery news. In the meantime, other battery manufacturers are not wasting any time. In May, SVolt announced an "almost million-mile" battery that came pretty close to offering what patents revealed about Tesla's revolutionary cell. If that were not enough, Tesla would now have to beat what CATL has to offer. The biggest battery manufacturer in the world just told Bloomberg it is ready to sell a 2-million-km (1.24-million-mile), 16-years cell.


The news agency received this information from CATL's chairman and founder, Zeng Yuqun. According to that executive, his company is ready to sell this new battery to any automaker willing to pay 10 percent more than they currently pay for the regular cells.


It is a pity Bloomberg did not try to dive into the details of this new battery technology. The article just mentions Tesla promised something similar, as well as GM. There is no mention these new batteries have anything to do with the technology that will be revealed at the Tesla Battery Day – on the contrary.


As we have mentioned in a previous article, Reuters said CATL and Tesla made a partnership for cobalt-free batteries that would last one million miles. The first part is correct since CATL will supply Tesla with LFP prismatic cells. The second one does not seem very likely because of the battery chemistry and the fact that Tesla wants to produce its cells on its own.


If CATL is willing to sell this new 2-million-km battery to any automaker, it cannot be Tesla's new cell. That was supposed to be something exclusive, which would give Tesla cars an edge in reliability.


Currently, the most extensive warranty for Tesla's battery packs is 150,000 mi or eight years for the Model S and Model X. In terms of range, CATL's new battery warranty is 8.2 times that of Tesla's. In terms of time, it is twice as much.


We got in touch with CATL to try to learn more about this new battery tech and to discover more details. Has any automaker already put an order for these new cells? GM? BMW? When will we see it in any car? May CATL get back to us as soon as possible.


Source: Bloomberg


https://insideevs.com/news/427516/catl-2-million-km-16-years-battery/&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjJkODY2YzczMTEyY2M5NWY6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNEvZ_9igyKWmMaNMFSb2hHai-jP1

Back to Top

Tesla : Has A Secret Battery

TESLA HAS A SECRET BATTERY...


Which will make electric cars the same price as an Internal Combustion Engine


Tesla is planning to launch its new "million mile" battery in China next year which it has been working on for a while now in a partnership with China's Contemporary Amperex Technology Ltd. The rumors have it that this battery will be cheaper to make and the manufacturing process will be much easier, as such this will move electric car prices so far down that they can compete with the price of a normal combustion engine model. If Tesla pulls this off first, it would put them years ahead of competitors.


The new batteries will hold more energy, last longer and importantly, Tesla thinks that it will be possibly to make them Cobalt-free, this would not only greatly reduce the price but also help with environmental concerns as cobalt mining is bad for the planet and hard physical labour for workers in poor countries. At the very least, even if the batteries aren't cobalt-free, the two companies have already found a better way to package the batteries as well as make them only 20% cobalt instead of over 50%.


Tesla is also planning to open a Terrafactory, which will be 30 times the size of its current gigafactories, in China which will mean that they will be able to further automate and scale battery production which will once again bring down the price drastically.


Source: Drivetribe


SHORTAGE OF LARGE PICKUPS EXPECTED DUE TO COVID-19


As states relax business shutdowns, customers are returning to showrooms faster than manufacturers can ramp up new-vehicle production, and that's likely to produce shortages of popular models in some markets, notably large pickup trucks, according to J.D. Power . In particular, that could affect large pickups. According to J.D. Power data, large pickups have continued to sell relatively well vs. other vehicle segments, especially in less-restricted, truck-heavy markets like Dallas .


Source: WardsAuto


GM READY TO LAUNCH NEW LARGE SUVS AS PLANTS RESTART


General Motors Co is ready to start building its new generation of large sport utility vehicles at a plant in Arlington, Texas , when it reopens North American assembly plants on May 18 , Philip Kienle , the automaker's North American manufacturing chief, told Reuters on Thursday. The big SUVs, including the Cadillac Escalade and Chevrolet Suburban, are critical to the automaker's profitability, and especially so now that GM has taken on billions in new debt and suspended its dividend to ride out the coronavirus crisis.


Source: Reuters


FORD BOLDLY CONFIRMS NEW F-150 LAUNCH 'ON TRACK' DESPITE SHUTDOWNS


The all-new 2021 Ford F-150 remains scheduled to start production and go on sale in 2020 despite massive industry disruption caused by the coronavirus, a spokeswoman confirmed to the Free Press Thursday. "We are on track to deliver our all-new Ford F-150 to customers starting this fall," said Kelli Felker , Ford global manufacturing and labor communications manager. "The team continues to do an amazing job moving the program forward, even with coronavirus challenges. We look forward to showing the world our all-new pickup soon and start delivering to customers this year."


Source: Detroit Free Press


TESLA NARROWS CYBERTRUCK SITES TO TEXAS , OKLA., REPORTS SAY


Tesla Inc. has chosen to locate its second U.S. auto factory in Texas , the blog Electrek reported, citing an unnamed source. The EV maker will construct the plant in or near Austin , the typically pro- Tesla blog said. The Associated Press and CNBC later reported that Austin, TX and Tulsa, Okla. , are finalists for the facility but that no final decision has been made.


Elon Musk said in March that Tesla was scouting for sites where it will build both the in-development Cybertruck and the Model Y crossover for customers on the East Coast . The CEO last week threatened to move the company's headquarters and future programs to Texas or Nevada after a California county blocked the carmaker from reopening its factory in the San Francisco Bay area.


Within days, the company defied county health officials and restarted production.


Tesla unveiled the Cybertruck in November, with Musk pitching it as a radically different option from the highly lucrative pickups produced by established automakers. A botched demonstration during which the company's design chief cracked what was supposed to be shatterproof glass generated enormous publicity.


Texas was among the finalist states for the battery factory that Tesla ultimately chose in 2014 to build near Reno, Nev. . The state of Nevada lured the company with a $1.3 billion incentive package.


Tesla employs roughly 11,000 workers in Fremont, Calif. , where its current factory is located. Musk, 48, said last week that the company will decide whether to keep producing cars there based on how it's treated going forward. Following through on that threat would be challenging. The factory is the only place in the world where Tesla makes the Model S, X and Y. The company purchased it from Toyota Motor Corp. in the wake of the global financial crisis for just $42 million and has sunk billions of dollars into it since then.


During Tesla's April 29 quarterly earnings call, Musk said the company was one-to-three months away from announcing where its next plant will be built.


Source: Bloomberg


COVID-19 BOLSTERS CAR OWNERSHIP AS CONSUMERS RETHINK SHARED RIDES


For years, auto makers and investors pumped billions of dollars into new ride-hailing and car-sharing companies, predicting the rise of these ventures would eventually lead their core business of selling vehicles to decline. Now, with widespread concern about coronavirus contagion, some say they're seeing a revival of consumers' interest in owning their own car.


Source: The Wall Street Journal


and...


As Americans plan for life after pandemic lockdowns, many want to avoid public transport and use a car instead, straining already underfunded transit systems and risking an increase in road congestion and pollution. Several opinion polls show Americans plan to avoid trains and buses as stay-at-home orders ease, with some city dwellers buying a car for the first time. A potential boon to coronavirus-battered automakers, the shift poses a challenge to city planners end environmental goals.


Source: Reuters


GENERAL MOTORS BATTERY ALMOST THERE


General Motors Co is "almost there" on developing an electric vehicle battery that will last one million miles, a top executive said on Tuesday. The automaker also is working on next-generation batteries even more advanced than the new Ultium battery that it unveiled in March, according to GM Executive Vice President Doug Parks , who was speaking at an online investor conference. He did not specify a timeline for introduction of the million-mile battery, but said "multiple teams" at GM are working on such advances as zero-cobalt electrodes, solid state electrolytes and ultra-fast charging.


Source: Reuters


RATIONALE FOR FCA-PSA MERGER DEAL 'STRONGER THAN EVER': ELKANN


The reasons for Fiat Chrysler and Peugeot-owner PSA's (PEUP.PA) merger are "stronger than ever," the FCA chairman said on Wednesday, as the COVID-19 pandemic adds to the car industry's existing challenges. Addressing shareholders in Exor, the Agnelli family's holding company, John Elkann , who is also Exor chairman and CEO, said preparatory work for the 50-50 merger was proceeding "on time and as envisaged."


Source: Reuters


HERTZ IS SELLING OFF SOME Z06 CORVETTES, BUT ARE BETTER DEALS NEAR?


Rental giants are in for some downsizing, and this means deals for you.


The major fallout of a possible Hertz bankruptcy, which may reportedly begin in a matter of days unless the rental giant comes up with about $400 million , could mean liquidating more than half a million rental cars—a move that could temporarily flood the already overflowing used car market.


What does this mean for those looking for some early deals on performance cars?


As Jalopnik has discovered, Hertz is selling some 650-hp 2019 Z06 Corvettes, all finished in a very yellow color with black stripes. A number of these have been listed with asking prices in the $60,000 neighborhood. That's more than $20,000 off a 2019 Z06's starting price of from $81,000 to about $95,000 for even better equipped, kitchen-sink models, as Jalopnik notes.


There are a few caveats here, of course: The Z06 Corvettes in question are all automatic transmission equipped, because they were all aimed at rental fleet usage (and we all know what that means for clutches), and there are also some miles on them. Additionally, this effort is taking place quite early in what could be a very long summer of rental car companies cutting loose parts of their fleets, so the deals offered at the moment are by no means the most desperate we're likely to see. Also, we have to wonder about the effect the debut of the midengine Corvette Stingray, a long-awaited automobile you might have heard about, has on all low-mileage 2019 Corvettes—we could be seeing just the tip of the iceberg in the decline of used Corvette values right now.


And we shouldn't overlook the fact that when it comes to fairly fresh used Corvettes, we could still be in the early stages of a gradual mass sell-off of "expensive toys" bought over the past five years going up for sale in a vastly different economic climate. This means those who bought sports cars during the longest economic recovery in modern times could be looking to cut them loose just to get some cash in their pockets, and would be willing to take quite a hit on the residual prices of all sports cars, not just Corvettes. If you feel like you've been seeing a lot of Harleys for sale in people's yards, it's not just in your town.


Speaking of those used car values, they're likely to be in flux for quite some time as the used car market is expected to swell quite dramatically, in a manner perhaps not seen in ages. The fleet downsizing by rental giants is not likely to help matters, whether it happens now or months down the road. All rental giants are now seeking to "right-size" their fleets—a handy corporate euphemism—for the coming years in which the airline industry could operate with a very different number of monthly travelers.


Source: Autoweek


WHAT EXACTLY POWERS YOUR 'EMISSIONS-FREE' EV? THIS US MAP SHOWS YOU


What powers your EV?


Every electric vehicle owner knows that their EVs have zero tailpipe emissions. But emissions may be produced by the source of electrical power. So if you live in the US, do you know how your EV is being powered?


The Office of Energy Efficiency & Renewable Energy released a map that shows what powers each state. They explain:


When an electric vehicle is charged from the electrical grid, there are upstream emissions involved with creating the electricity. The amount of emissions is dependent on the sources used to create that electricity. Below is a map showing the approximate grid mix for each state, as well as the national average. To see estimates of well-to-wheel emissions for vehicles in a specific state, see the Department of Energy's Alternative Fuels Data Center .


Electrek's Take: Some readers will occasionally comment or email in, asking why we cover climate-change issues and green energy on an electric vehicle website. This map perfectly illustrates why. The need to switch to clean energy sources has never been greater. There's some nice wind action going on in the Midwest, but the country has a lot of work to do to get off the natural gas and coal. If you want your EV to be truly emissions-free, then we need to move to renewables.


Source: Electrek


https://www.marketscreener.com/TESLA-INC-6344549/news/Tesla-Has-A-Secret-Battery-30737858/&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHDhlNDgwYmMzNTgyYzM1M2Q6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNGPaIZ4tD1t6TRMDRBse1Qo6O734

Back to Top

World’s Largest Renewable Hydrogen Plant (Part 2)

Recently Steve Hanley wrote an article about the Lancaster, CA renewable hydrogen production plant project, which covered a lot of ground, but in order to provide some more details, SGH2 CEO Dr. Robert Do answered some questions about it for CleanTechnica.


How will the new facility reduce the production of 40,000 tons of waste each year?

We use recycled waste paper to produce hydrogen. We don’t reduce the production of that waste – rather, we take that waste material which is biogenic hydrocarbons and use it as a feedstocks for our gasification process generating a hydrogen-rich synthetic gas which is further purified into 3800 tons of 99.9999% pure Hydrogen per year. This waste, when landfilled, typically would decompose into methane, a greenhouse gas that is approximately 30 times more potent than CO2.

What kind of waste will be used?

Our technology can process all solid waste materials – without any major presorting or processing. However, to ensure stable operational functioning of the plant and the production of green hydrogen, we will use a stable source of materials with biogenic hydrocarbons.

For our Lancaster project, we will use recycled mixed paper waste. This material will already have been sorted at the source — that is, put in recycling bins in homes and businesses —  and then taken to a material recovery facility, where it will have been further sorted, shredded, and baled. This is the standard process for recycled materials. Those bales used to be shipped to China, but in 2018, China banned the import of recycled waste materials. As a result, countless bales of recycled material across the country —  and the world —  have nowhere to go, and are being stored or dumped back into landfills, undermining recycling efforts.

In Lancaster, the city will deliver these baled materials to our facility. We will not charge the city for disposing of these materials. The Lancaster plant will process 40,000 tons of waste annually, saving the city between $50 to $75 per ton annually in landfilling and landfill space costs.

What is plasma-enhanced gasification technology and how does it work?

This IS rocket science.  Our technology was invented by NASA scientist Dr. Salvador Camacho, “the father of plasma technology,” and Dr. Robert T. Do, a biophysicist, a physician, and an entrepreneur. Dr. Camacho developed the high-temperature plasma torch to test heat shields at NASA. Without his invention, there would have been no way to guarantee the safe re-entry of NASA astronauts into Earth’s atmosphere.

Dr. Do and Dr. Camacho originally created Solena Group to use their proprietary Plasma Pyrolysis Vitrification (PPV) technology for the treatment and safe disposal of hazardous waste. This technology was subsequently improved and optimized by Dr. Do and Dr. Sylvain Motycka, SGH2 Chief Technology Officer, into SGH2’s Solena Plasma Enhanced Gasification (SPEG) process to produce green hydrogen from waste feedstocks.

Over three decades, we have developed a unique, energy-efficient patented gasification technology that operates at very high-temperature (3,500-4,000 C) created by oxygen enriched gas enhanced by plasma torches, which we optimize to produce hydrogen. The high temperature causes the complete molecular dissociation of all hydrocarbons. The molecules bound into a quality hydrogen-rich biosyngas free of tar, soot, and heavy metal. The syngas then goes through a Pressure Swing Absorber (PSA) system resulting in hydrogen at 99.9999% purity as required for use in Proton Exchange Membrane (PEM) fuel cell vehicles. Our process extracts all carbon from the waste feedstock, removes all particulates and acid gases, and produces no toxins or pollution. The end result is high purity hydrogen and a small amount of biogenic carbon dioxide, which is not additive to greenhouse gas emissions.

Please see this link for a full explanation and video: https://www.sgh2energy.com/technology/#hiw

Does the gasification technology produce any emissions?

We are totally green — with only biogenic carbon, and thus carbon neutral. In fact our process is greener than green because our hydrogen has a negative carbon intensity (CI): -188 kg CO2eq/kg of H2). Our hydrogen earns more CO2 credits / Low Carbon Fuel Standard credits than hydrogen produced from the electrolysis of water by 100% renewable power. The Lancaster plant is carbon neutral, and is clean and free of toxic emissions, as well.

There are two types of pollution: greenhouse gas emissions that cause global warming, and standard emissions that cause air pollution. We don’t produce either. In fact, our process is a gasification system where all the synthetic gas is captured in a closed loop system to produce the H2, and according to the EPA, is distinct and separate from incinerators where the waste is burnt and all the toxic emissions are released into the atmosphere as flue gas.

Our production process actually removes greenhouse gas emissions from the Earth. Because the feedstocks we use to produce hydrogen come from a biogenic source (e.g. recycled mixed paper), our hydrogen has a negative carbon intensity of -188 kgCO2eq/kg of H2 (explained below). We are greener than green!

We are classified as a net-zero-carbon plant.

We are cleaner than clean! Because our plant is a closed-loop gasification plant that converts waste feedstocks into reusable gas that is collected, there are no emissions of pollution.  We produce no carcinogens (semi-volatile organic compounds like flue gas, fly ash, toxic bottom ash, dioxins or furans) and no sulfur dioxides as do incinerators.

Can you share the approximate cost of the new hydrogen production plant?

The estimated total capital cost is $55 million.

How long will it take to construct the plant and how many jobs will be created during construction?

The plant will employ 600 people during construction and 35 people to operate it, many of whom will come from the low-income neighborhood surrounding the plant.

The timeline is as follows. We are in the pre-feed stage now, anticipate construction to start Q1 2021, and the plant to open Q1 2023:

  • Pre-feed and feed phase (including permitting): 12 months.
  • Engineering procurement construction: 18 months.
  • Start up & commissioning: 3 months.
  • Anticipated operation start: Q1 2023.

What will the hydrogen it generates be used for?

The Lancaster plant will produce hydrogen for the transportation sector. California has an existing and growing hydrogen infrastructure, with increasing hydrogen demand. We are in negotiations with the largest owners and operators of hydrogen refueling stations in California.

But the potential for hydrogen is huge, with a wide range of possible customers.  We are exploring additional plants and future sales to utilities (including SoCalGas, a California natural gas company) that would replace natural gas with hydrogen; cement plants (including Heiderberg), and others.  In addition, various transit agencies in the Los Angeles area have announced they will purchase up to 1000 new hydrogen buses for a 100% zero-emissions fleet, and San Bernardino just announced the commission of its first hydrogen train.

Is this type of hydrogen production cost competitive with fossil fuels because the waste used in the plant is free?

Our green hydrogen is on cost parity with the fossil fuel-based grey hydrogen. Indeed, we are not charging a tipping fee/disposal fee for the waste feedstocks, thus saving the City of Lancaster waste disposal costs. With a zero cost feedstock, our cost of protection is competitive with grey hydrogen which is produced from the steam reformation of natural gas.

Back to Top

Tesla shares surge past $1,000 as Musk revs up the Semi

SHANGHAI (Reuters) - Tesla Inc's stock jumped above $1,000 a share on Wednesday after Chief Executive Elon Musk told his staff it was time to bring the Tesla Semi commercial truck to "volume production."


Musk, in an email seen by Reuters on Wednesday, did not specify a time frame for ramping up production of the Semi. Musk on Wednesday tweeted "Yes" to a question on Twitter about whether the report of the leaked Semi truck production email was accurate.


Tesla's shares rose about 6% to hit $1,000 on Wednesday after Reuters reported Musk's email, making the Silicon Valley company the second-most valuable automaker in the world, behind Japan's Toyota Motor Corp . Tesla's share surge could position Musk for another payout from a stock compensation plan tied to the company's market capitalization.


The stock also got a boost from a bullish call by Wedbush, which lifted its target price for the automaker to $1,000 and said Tesla could have "more room to run."


Investors also are anticipating Musk will unveil new "million-mile" battery technology that could deliver longer life, lower costs and better range for future Tesla vehicles.


"Production of the battery and powertrain will take place at Giga Nevada," Musk wrote. Most of the other work will probably take place in other states, he wrote, without stating where.


Musk has said Tesla is scouting other U.S. states for a site to build a new factory, hinting that Texas could be a candidate. Oklahoma and other states are campaigning for the investment.


When Musk unveiled the prototype of the futuristic, battery-powered Semi in 2017, he said the Class 8 truck would go into production by 2019. More recently, he said the Semi would go into volume production by 2021.


Musk's Tuesday message coincides with a surge in the share price of rival clean truck maker Nikola Corp.


Nikola, an electric and fuel cell truck startup, earlier this month began trading on the NASDAQ after it merged with special purpose acquisition company VectoIQ.


Shares in Nikola have more than doubled in price over the past week as the company's CEO has used Twitter and interviews to promote plans to launch an electric pickup truck to Tesla's forthcoming Cybertruck.


Nikola and CNH Industrial's IVECO commercial truck operation last year formed a joint venture to build a battery electric and fuel cell truck line called the Nikola Tre. IVECO has said orders are strong for the electric version of the truck, due out next year.


Nikola on Wednesday said it had hired a former Tesla executive, Mark Duchesne, to lead its manufacturing and a former Caterpillar executive, Pablo Koziner, to head its hydrogen fueling and battery recharging business.


https://finance.yahoo.com/news/tesla-start-volume-production-semi-120530051.html

Back to Top

Exclusive: RWE, Thyssenkrupp plan hydrogen production venture

Germany's RWE plans to produce hydrogen from renewable energy to supply steelmaker Thyssenkrupp, the two companies told Reuters.


The alliance between two of Germany's heaviest polluters comes as Europe's largest economy maps out a future without nuclear or coal power.


RWE is currently heavily reliant on coal but is able to enter the hydrogen business due to changes to Germany's laws as the government looks to boost hydrogen production.


The planned cooperation between the two sector leaders is aimed at using green hydrogen, where the electricity used in the electrolysis that separates hydrogen from water comes from renewable sources.


RWE plans to build a 100 megawatt hydrogen plant in the state of Lower Saxony to supply Thyssenkrupp's steel operations in Duisburg by the middle of the decade, the companies said, responding to a Reuters request for comment.


Steelmaking accounts for 7-9% of global emissions and has long been considered an ideal use case for hydrogen.


The plant will be able to deliver 1.7 tonnes of hydrogen gas per hour, or about 70% of that required by a blast furnace which Thyssenkrupp plans to install, they said.


This could produce 50,000 tonnes of climate-neutral steel per year, enough needed to make as many cars, they said.


Thyssenkrupp produces 11 million tonnes of steel a year but the partnership would mark a start and reflects an industry-wide shift toward greener energy as rivals, including heavyweight ArcelorMittal, start to explore the technology.


"Climate neutrality in the steel sector is possible and we're accelerating the switch with regard to our production," said Bernhard Osburg, CEO of Thyssenkrupp Steel Europe.


Germany has committed 9 billion euros (£8 billion) to expand hydrogen capacity at home and abroad as part of a national strategy to make the country a key supplier of the technology worldwide.


The companies said the partnership was dependent on the development of a hydrogen transport network.


Roger Miesen, CEO of RWE's Generation division, said the government's strategy needed to be implemented fast to ensure an effective hydrogen expansion. "Investment decisions require planning certainty."


https://www.marketscreener.com/BP-PLC-9590188/news/Exclusive-RWE-Thyssenkrupp-plan-hydrogen-production-venture-30750041/&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHDM4ZjM1MDJhZDFlNzFiNWM6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNEvsQ7diLlguleXvaL-OEly5Pk8y

Back to Top

German cabinet approves hydrogen strategy, sets 14 TWh target by 2030

Hydrogen demand set to as much as double by 2030


Focus on electrolysis with 5 GW planned by 2030


London — The German cabinet has approved a national hydrogen strategy focused on support for electrolysis, targeting 14 TWh of renewable hydrogen production by 2030, it said June 10.


The strategy makes no mention of specific support for carbon capture and utilization (CCU) which would help conventional production of hydrogen to decarbonize.


It does, however, talk of a "stakeholder debate" with energy-intensive sectors such as the chemical, steel, logistics and aviation industries on possible decarbonization methods other than green hydrogen.


"Germany is set to play a pioneering role as we did 20 years ago with the support for renewable energies," energy and economy minister Peter Altmaier said.


On June 3, the cabinet approved a Eur7 billion ($7.8 billion) package to reach 5 GW of electrolysis capacity by 2030.


Some 2 GW of this could be realized through quotas for green hydrogen used in refineries.


The strategy also plans out a 2% quota for renewable aviation jet fuel by 2030.


Altmaier said hydrogen was essential to decarbonize key industries such as steel and chemicals as well as transport.


The government estimates German demand for hydrogen could as much as double from a current 55 TWh (mainly grey hydrogen) to a range of 90 TWh-110 TWh by 2030.


The scale-up challenge is daunting.


For now, Europe's largest electrolyzer is a 10-MW facility being tested at Shell's Rheinland refinery.


A number of 100 MW electrolyzer projects have been proposed.


Germany's biggest power generator RWE on June 10 signed an agreement with steel maker ThyssenKrupp to potentially supply 70% of its green hydrogen demand for its Duisburg plant from its Lingen electrolyzer project by 2025 through the GetH2 project with the hydrogen transported via pipeline.


Green power limitations


Electricity system limitations could restrict production of green hydrogen to 16 TWh in Germany by 2030, a Prognos study for the energy ministry said June 5.


The estimate was based on annual growth in renewable capacity of 4.4 GW for onshore wind, 0.9 GW for offshore wind and 7.2 GW for solar PV.


For 2025, the power system's green hydrogen potential is limited to 4-6 TWh, it said.


The strategy estimates the green electricity demand of 5 GW electrolyzers at 20 TWh (based of 4,000 annual load hours, 70% electrolyzer efficiency).


The strategy also highlighted the need to avoid additional CO2 emissions in the power sector due to rising demand for hydrogen with Germany set to shut its final six nuclear reactors with a combined capacity of 8 GW by 2022 and phase-out coal-fired generation over coming decades.


Germany's government acknowledges that its decarbonization drive requires large amounts of green hydrogen imports with the coalition setting Eur2 billion aside for such projects abroad and a first cooperation signed with Morocco on a green hydrogen project. Cabinet ministers (economy & energy, environment, research, transport, development) jointly presented the strategy that was delayed by approximately six months due to internal debate about which types of hydrogen to support to meet the legally binding 2030 climate targets as well as the long-term 2050 decarbonization plan.


http://plts.co/oK0350A3Zf6

Back to Top

Report says running Tomago Aluminium on renewable energy is in the national interest

Switching the country's largest aluminium smelter, Tomago Aluminium, to 100 per cent renewable energy would help position Australia as a major economic power in a decarbonised global economy, a new report suggests. But the smelter's chief executive Matt Howell said while the company was committed to the growth of renewable energy, the reality of the energy-intensive aluminium manufacturing process meant it was likely to remain dependent on coal-fired electricity for the foreseeable future. "I'm an optimist and there is definitely a future for clean energy in this country. Our long-term goal is to have more renewables in our portfolio and to lower our carbon footprint." he said. 


The Institute for Energy Economics and Financial Analysis report said Australia's abundance of low-cost renewable energy sources, comparative advantage in the production of hydrogen and large mineral deposits meant it was well-placed to be a world leader in the production of steel, aluminium, cement, silicon and lithium. 


Tomago Aluminium produces 595,000 tonnes of aluminium a year. It also consumes about 10 per cent of the power generated in NSW. An IEEFA case study argues the smelter should transition to renewable energy as a national priority. "Australia's aluminium sector is particularly interesting right now because it is failing with all smelter operators losing money and considering closure," report author Clark Butler said. "Australia is one of the world's most emissions-intensive aluminium producers. Deployment of renewable electricity is a path out of this quagmire, and the fall in cost of renewables makes it more viable than ever." Despite its high energy production, Mr Clark said demand for the metal was likely to increase. This would be driven by electric vehicle manufacturers seeking to offset the weight of batteries and low-emissions building standards which would require the use of low-carbon aluminium. 


Electronics companies will also put an increased focus on emissions in their supply chains creating demand for low-emissions aluminium. To take full advantage of this demand, Butler says Tomago Aluminium would need renewable energy at internationally competitive prices. "Ideally this would come from wind and solar power, which would be "firmed" or supplemented by hydrogen, batteries, or stored-hydro power to provide the level of reliability a smelter needs," he said. "The hydrogen used for firming variable supply, as well as a variety of industrial purposes, would ideally be produced by an electrolysis process driven by renewable energy." "This would also create an opportunity for the Hunter Region to lead in the production of green ammonia and green steel - Orica, Molycop and InfraBuild could all benefit from hydrogen." Mr Howell said the need for 'firming capacity' (the ability to top-up supply when the sun isn't shining or the wind isn't blowing) remained the biggest challenge for the uptake of renewables in the aluminium industry. "The question is how do you make the transition over time?" he said. "When you have a need for commercially viable firming capacity the only option is thermal power - that is coal, gas and nuclear until we have commercially pumped hydro available to us." He said it remained to be seen if AGL's proposed gas-fired power station at Tomago would provide firming capacity from renewables. "It's a peaking plant that is designed to shore-up the supply during periods of peak demand," he said. "Could it provide firming capacity? It depends on how it is set up." But Mr Butler said switching the smelter to renewables would not only protect and create jobs it would also be an opportunity to improve electricity demand response in the grid because the smelter could be used as a balancing tool. "By focusing on large scale, low cost of capital, zero emissions, renewable investments tied to significant energy users with long-term growth prospects in a low carbon economy, there is a real chance to build momentum," he said. "If the aluminium sector could be reinvigorated and put on a globally competitive footing, Australia can get five years ahead on the decarbonisation path. However, if the smelters close and all that load is lost, building this kind of investment momentum will be far more difficult and Australia could fall five years or more behind more forward-looking countries." 


https://www.newcastleherald.com.au/story/6788187/push-to-power-tomago-aluminium-with-renewables/&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHDA2NGM2NDNjOTIwNTYwNTE6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNHsxLUF_WAcacAA8ZPafIaFJ-HQ4

Back to Top

USA Rare Earth's Rare Earth & Critical Minerals Pilot Plant Development and Processing Facility Officially Opens

New York, NY, June 11, 2020 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- via NEWMEDIAWIRE -- USA Rare Earth, LLC, the funding and development partner of the Round Top Heavy Rare Earth and Critical Minerals Project in West Texas, together with Texas Mineral Resources Corp. (OTCQB:TMRC), is pleased to announce that its rare earth and critical minerals pilot plant processing facility in Wheat Ridge, Colorado has received its required permits and its pilot plant is now being commissioned.


Once fully commissioned, the plant will be focused initially on group separation of rare earths into heavy (dysprosium, terbium), middle, and light (neodymium, praseodymium) rare earths (REE's). The final phase of the pilot work will be the further separation of high-purity individual REE compounds.


At the same time, the pilot plant will also be focused on recovery of non-REEs focusing on lithium, uranium, beryllium, gallium, zirconium, hafnium and aluminum, all of which are on the U.S. Government Critical Minerals List. Confirming the recovery of these critical non-REEs will support upgrading the measured and indicated resources to proven and probable reserves (with no in-fill drilling required), and completion of the Preliminary Feasibility Study (PFS).


"Establishing an independent domestic rare earth and critical minerals supply chain is monumental for USA Rare Earth and for the United States, overcoming reliance on China for materials and processing that are essential for defense applications and advanced technology manufacturing," said Pini Althaus, CEO of USA Rare Earth.


"This is an important step towards USA Rare Earth's objective to build the first rare earth and critical minerals processing facility outside China and to bring the Round Top project into full commercial production. Our Colorado pilot plant will have the ability to produce the full range of high purity, separated rare earths as well as other critical minerals such as lithium," Mr. Althaus continued.


With the Round Top project, the processing facility and the recent acquisition of the neo magnet plant formerly owned and operated by Hitachi, USA Rare Earth has a three-pronged mine-to-magnet strategy to establish a resilient, 100%-domestic supply chain for rare earth magnets, which are essential for modern manufacturing ranging from defense applications to wind turbines, electric vehicles, smart phones, advanced medical devices, and the physical backbone of emerging 5G networks.


USA Rare Earth recently announced that it had completed its Phase I bench scale testing. This phase of work utilized feed solutions produced from pilot heap leach columns processing ore from Round Top and demonstrated the ability to load and concentrate rare earths (REE's) in the presence of high concentrations of non-REEs, including other critical minerals such as lithium.


Restoring a 100% U.S.-Based Rare Earth Supply Chain


USA Rare Earth's pilot plant is the second link in a 100% U.S.-based rare earth oxide supply chain, drawing on feedstock from our Round Top deposit. "Together with our recently acquired rare earth magnet manufacturing platform, Round Top and our pilot plant constitute essential links in restoring a mine-to-magnet domestic U.S. rare earth supply chain without the material ever leaving the United States , thereby alleviating the current dependence on China for the both raw materials and mineral processing," Mr. Althaus noted.


Aside from Round Top's potential to supply a significant amount of material for U.S. defense as well as commercial applications, USA Rare Earth's initiative will reinvigorate advanced technology manufacturing in the U.S. for companies currently dependent on foreign sources for supply. In turn, this should provide the U.S. with job creation in manufacturing, and potentially generate hundreds of billions or more into the U.S. economy through the ability to be able to produce products in the U.S. currently being produced in China.


Under Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) and Department of Energy (DoE) grants, the CIX/CIC process successfully produced high-purity (99.99% or 99.999%) rare earth compounds from material from Round Top and other sources. The work currently underway at our Wheat Ridge pilot plant builds on that expertise and includes the Phase I initial process preparation to separate REEs from other minerals, including targeted Critical Minerals and metals such as lithium.


The CIX/CIC units at the Wheat Ridge pilot facility are capable of processing several thousand liters of leach solution per day. The CIX process concentrates large volumes of leach solution to smaller volumes of higher-grade solution. Continuing leach optimization studies have identified improvements through the controlled addition of acid to maximize REEs in solution while minimizing and separating other elements.


https://www.benzinga.com/pressreleases/20/06/g16230000/usa-rare-earths-rare-earth-critical-minerals-pilot-plant-development-and-processing-facility-offic&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjhiZDNmZWM3ODhhZjdlNjc6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGczKO1dzFbtdK73W8-cZSlv-Nli

Back to Top

CATL unveils new long life EV battery for mass production

Chinese electric vehicle (EV) battery manufacturer Contemporary Amperex Technology (CATL) said it had developed a new battery, which can be mass produced, and which industry experts said would be a game changer in reducing the cost of electric vehicles, according to local reports.


CATL supplies EV batteries to most of the globe's vehicle manufacturers, including Daimler, BMW, Toyota and Tesla, as well as a large number of domestic automakers.


The company also claimed its new battery would last 16 years or up to 2m km.


CATL reportedly said the new battery as it stood would costs less than 10% more than those currently fitted to most electric vehicles in production but would offer much better range and durability.


A company spokesman confirmed "such a battery is ready to be mass produced which will greatly reduce costs".


Last month another Chinese EV battery manufacturer, Svolt, unveiled two new, cobalt free, highly efficient electric vehicle batteries which it said would go into commercial production next year.


Cobalt is seen as one of the most expensive parts of an EV battery due to its rarity.


Svolt, spun off by Great Wall Motors in 2018, said its newly developed L6 battery has energy density of 240Wh/kg and would be fitted to a forthcoming Great Wall Motors vehicle next year, offering a range of 880km (547 miles) on a single charge.


The battery would come with a 1.2m km/15 year warranty.


https://www.just-auto.com/news/catl-unveils-new-long-life-ev-battery_id196038.aspx&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjJkODY2YzczMTEyY2M5NWY6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGGfsdo7Jwyl4FevTYavMvue-soo

Back to Top

Tesla Stock Soars To Record High As China Approves New Battery

Chinese authorities have granted Tesla their approval to begin mass production of Model 3 with a new type of battery, lithium ion phosphate (LFP), Reuters reports, citing a statement by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology.


Lithium iron phosphate, or LFP, batteries contain no cobalt—one of the more expensive components of EV batteries and the object of ethical mining controversies since most of the world’s supply of cobalt is concentrated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo where child labor is rife.


The new batteries for the Model 3 may be produced by CATL, a Chinese battery and technology company, and the biggest EV battery maker globally. CATL sealed a deal with Tesla to supply it with batteries in February, for a two-year period beginning in July this year.


Soon after, CATL, which also supplies EV batteries to Audi, Hyundai-Kia, Volvo, and Mercedes, said it would boost its production capacity fourfold, for an investment of $3.7 billion. At the time Reuters reported the batteries CATL will supply to Tesla would be lithium iron phosphate ones.


There were no details in the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology’s statement regarding the Tesla deal about the supplier of the batteries.


Tesla’s stock price yesterday surged to over $1,000 after CEO Elon Musk told the company to “go all out” on the semi truck. The share price could rise further, after CATL said it has made a new battery that has a total range of 1.2 million miles over the course of 16 years in productive life. Earlier reports had it that Tesla worked with the Chinese battery maker to develop the new product.


Tesla is soon to hold what Musk called Battery Day, already postponed twice amid the pandemic, at which he is expected to announce more news about the million-mile battery.


https://oilprice.com/Energy/Energy-General/Tesla-Stock-Soars-To-Record-High-As-China-Approves-New-Battery.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjk5YzNmM2Y0NmU2Yjk4MTk6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGjQ3GX5OoPq5a8gTGe0L6HpX_u9

Back to Top

We're on the hunt for hydrogen

Australia’s biggest green hydrogen plant secures initial investment

The Arrowsmith Hydrogen plant is the first of many green hydrogen projects across Western Australia being developed by Perth-based company Infinite Blue Energy.



Western Australia is in the box seat to become the home of Australia’s biggest green hydrogen plant after an initial $300 million investment was secured for its first phase of construction. The project is being developed by Perth-based Infinite Blue Energy, which is aiming to have the plant operational by 2022.

The Arrowsmith Hydrogen Project, which will be built in the vicinity of the town of Dongara, about 320km north of Perth, is expected to produce 25 tonnes of green hydrogen a day using wind and solar energy. Infinite Blue Energy aims to commence works on the project by the middle of the year as part of its ambitious plans to build a series of installations throughout regional Australia to reduce dependence on coal-fired power stations. It calculates that its initial project will reduce CO2 emissions by approximately 78,000 tonnes per year.

Infinite Blue Energy has been establishing partnerships with leading Australian and international companies, technology suppliers, and green hydrogen buyers around the world in a bid to further Australia’s ambitions to become a global leader in the production and export of hydrogen produced by renewable energy-powered electrolysis. “We are enabling access to leading-edge technology and establishing domestic and international sales agreements to spearhead our expansion plans,” IBE CEO Stephen Gauld said.

Touted as the missing link in the energy transition, green hydrogen has so far seen limited uptake. In order to erase one-third of today’s global emissions from fossil fuels and industry if it is deployed for steel making, providing dispatchable energy, producing ammonia, and powering trucks and shipping, meeting the related 24% of global energy demand with green hydrogen by 2050 would require massive amounts of additional renewable generation. To power the electrolyzers, some 31,320 TWh of electricity will be needed — “more than is currently produced worldwide from all sources”, Bloomberg New Energy Finance found in its recent analysis.

H2 export ambitions 

In Australia, ambitions are grand particularly with regard to export to Asian countries. The CSIRO National Hydrogen Roadmap expects the demand for renewable hydrogen imports by Asian nations to reach 3.8 million tonnes by 2030. At the same time, ACIL Allen Opportunities for Hydrogen Exports model suggests that 10-20% of Japanese and Korean hydrogen demand could be met by Australian exports, with a mid-case forecast of 500,000 tonnes per annum by 2030. However, the current green hydrogen production in Australia is minimal.

According to a new report produced by ANT Energy Solutions and backed by the Australian Renewable Energy Agency (ARENA), provided it continues only with the existing initiatives announced, Australia will produce less than 3,000 tonnes of green hydrogen per annum by 2025. That is to say, to meet the ACIL Allen mid-case, Australia will need to scale up production capacity by 160x in the next five years.

Massive projects such as the Arrowsmith Hydrogen plant are keeping hope alive that such a goal is not unattainable. The project is the first of many planned by Infinite Blue Energy, which hopes to build a series of similar projects across regional Western Australia. The company already has plans for a second-stage project that will result in an increased level of green hydrogen production of 75,000 kg/day.

The first-stage Arrowsmith Hydrogen plant, which will ultimately integrate a large-scale battery on-site, is expected to create more than 300 regional jobs in the construction phase. Commenting on the challenges that Covid-19 has posed for Australia’s economy, IBE CEO Stephen Gauld has underlined the importance of building employment opportunities.

“Covid-19 has completely changed the operational outlook for so many businesses across the country and what is now needed to be market leading is a uniquely competitive and innovative offering that has not been done before; one with a sustainable carbon footprint that can truly accelerate Australia’s economic growth in regional areas,” Gauld added.

As an emerging, job-creating industry, green hydrogen projects in Australia can tap various sources of funding. In Western Australia, for instance, the government has launched a $10 million Renewable Hydrogen Fund with a strategic focus on export, remote applications, blending in the gas network, and transport. Federally, ARENA has opened a $70 million Renewable Hydrogen Deployment Funding Round seeking to achieve the goal of ‘H2 under $2’.

Back to Top

Agriculture

Lower lobster tariffs 'unlikely'

China is unlikely to lower tariffs on US lobsters, part of its countermeasures against US tariff hikes, unless the trade dispute initiator moves first on tariff rollbacks, a former senior Chinese trade official said on Sunday.

US President Donald Trump threatened the EU and China with more tariffs at a roundtable event in the US northeastern state of Maine with local fishermen on Friday, according to Bloomberg, in hopes of intimidating the trading partners into reducing tariffs on US lobsters.

White House trade adviser Peter Navarro, named the "lobster king," was put in charge of talks, according to US media reports.

EU-made cars were targeted in Trump's latest tariff threats that also eye unspecified Chinese products, which according to Trump were "something they sell that's very precious to them," according to the Bloomberg report.

"Trump was just saying that, as US-EU negotiations over lobster [duties] have proven futile," He Weiwen, a former senior trade official and an executive council member of the China Society for World Trade Organization Studies, told the Global Times on Sunday.

China's imposition of a 25-percent tariff on US lobster imports was a retaliatory countermeasure against the US' imposing higher tariffs on Chinese imports.

Only if the US rolls back its tariffs on Chinese products will China take an equivalent step toward lowering its duties on US lobsters, He said.

"The US-China trade war resulted in tariffs of 40 percent on US lobsters, causing US fishermen to send products to China through Canada," a process characterized as an "added expense," Fox Business reported on Friday, citing fishermen in Maine, where the US lobster business is mostly based.

The Trump administration has leveled a raft of tariff broadsides against multiple countries including China, and Trump is apparently satisfied with the moves and outcomes, said Gao Lingyun, an expert at the Institute of World Economics and Politics under the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences (CASS).

Gao said that the fresh tariff intimidation is another effort by Trump to shift the blame for his administration's botched COVID-19 response, rising domestic race strife and a struggling economy.

Still, the appointment of Navarro to head the lobster talks is an indication that Trump finally understands the importance of relying on negotiations to resolve tariff disputes, Gao told the Global Times on Sunday.

He said it can't be ruled out that the Trump administration aims to start a new front in bilateral trade disputes, as Trump chose China hawk Navarro instead of US Trade Representative Robert Lighthizer to steer the lobster talks.  

Lighthizer said on Thursday that he was "very happy" with the phase one trade pact between the two countries.

Trump told a news conference in the White House Rose Garden on Friday that "I guess I view the trade deal a little bit differently than I did three months ago," Reuters reported.

The CASS expert said there's a strong chance of China lowering tariffs on US lobsters to levels acceptable by both sides, as the lobster trade accounts for only a paltry portion of bilateral trade.

China doesn't want to spark new dispute on the trade front, and US businesses that have taken a battering from tariff hikes also hope for a trade truce, Gao commented.

So long as China keeping purchasing US farm goods, other products and services by the end of 2021, it shouldn't be a concern if China purchases $70 billion this year before buying an additional $130 billion the next year, he said.  

The revisions, a reasonable tweak in light of the fallout of the pandemic on flows of people and logistics, won't change the text of the trade deal, the expert went on to say.

In the words of He, however, if the US moves to impose tariffs on Chinese goods, it would surely be detrimental to the Phase One trade deal, and China can be expected to define its countermeasures.

The former senior trade official said the trade issues that dominated China-US relations over the past two years now pale in importance to concerns over a so-called technology "decoupling", geopolitical frictions and the handling of the coronavirus pandemic.

He downplayed chances for a second phase of the trade pact in the foreseeable future.

"The US is too busy containing the pandemic and easing its domestic furor to attend to [any phase two] trade talk, and the Chinese side shouldn't care about it either. [The phase two] agreement will remain out of focus at least until the 2020 US presidential election wraps up," said He.

https://bit.ly/2BBWLLz

Back to Top

Corn Futures Edging Higher

Corn Futures Edging Higher South American production outlook is expected to be trimmed Trade Estimates for USDA’s June Reports The trade looks for USDA to boost old- and new-crop corn stocks.


2019/20 corn stocks are expected at 2,150 million bushels with the 2020/21 average expectation at 3,360 million.


The soybean balance sheet is not expected to change much for 2019/20 but expectations are for a boost from 405 million bushels in May to 426 now.


New-crop wheat stocks are seen at 897 million bushels, down marginally.


Argentina+Brazil soybean production is expected at 174 million tonnes, down from 175 million in May.


Combined corn production is expected at 149 million tonnes, down from 151 million in USDA’s May report. FBN’s Take On What It Means: The good news is that the South American production outlook is expected to be trimmed. Cuts for Brazil and Argentina could benefit the US. But, potential trims in crops in South America are not enough to fix the burdensome US corn stocks total that is expected for 2020/21. China’s May Soybean Imports Higher At 9.4 million tonnes, May soybean imports were up from last year’s 7.4 million and above the April total at 6.7 million.


Brazil is the key source with weather having delayed some shipping there.


Expectations are for China’s June and July soybean imports to exceed nine million tonnes each as well.


China has been buying some US beans, but most of its supplies are being sourced from Brazil right now. FBN’s Take On What It Means: One key concern is whether China’s demand will be steady throughout the year. FBN leans towards that being possible with China then needing to come to the US for soybeans as Brazil’s domestic supplies tighten. FBN expects 2020/21 to be a solid year of soybean exports for the US. The risk of trading futures, hedging, and speculating can be substantial. FBN BR LLC (NFA ID: 0508695)


Ag Markets Firm Into the Weekend Traders looking at weather and potential exports Export Sales Mostly as Expected Corn sales, for the week ended 5/28/20, rebounded modestly from the previous week's poor sales of 16.8 million bushels to 25.1 million bushels.


Sales of old-crop soybeans were the lowest in six weeks at 18.2 million bushels, down from the previous week's 23.7 million bushels.


New crop wheat sales of 16.1 million bushels brought 2020/21 total commitments to 128 million bushels compared with 156 million last year.


Cotton saw net sales reductions of 10,100 running bales for 2019/2020 primarily due to cancellations for Turkey, Vietnam, and Malaysia.


FBN’s Take On What It Means For The Farmer: Corn sales were down 19% from the prior 4-week average, but were larger than the 10 million bushels per week average needed through the end of the marketing year in August in order to meet the USDA's 1,775 million bushel export projection. Similarly, soybean sales were lower for the week, but higher than the estimated 8.3 million bushels per week needed in order to reach the 1,675 million bushel forecast by the USDA. With the current pace of sales, it is unlikely USDA will change its old-crop export projections in next week’s report. Argentina’s Crop Projections Unchanged The Buenos Aires Grain Exchange reported soybean harvest has nearly concluded at 98.6% complete.


The soybean crop estimate was left unchanged at 49.5 million tonnes compared with the last USDA projection of 51 million tonnes.


The exchange estimates corn harvest is 55.6% complete, and the crop production forecast was similar to the USDA at 50 million tonnes.


Wheat planting jumped to 30% complete from 14.4% last week, and the total planted area estimate was unchanged from last week.


FBN’s Take On What It Means For The Farmer: Corn harvest and wheat planting in Argentina are getting done in a timely fashion and there is little reason for the USDA to make changes to the outlooks there. However, with soybean harvest wrapping up there appears to be some room for the agency to trim the projection. The risk of trading futures, hedging, and speculating can be substantial. FBN BR LLC (NFA ID: 0508695)


Markets Start Firmer Watching World Currency Movements US soybeans have become the most competitive in the world through January Ethanol Recovery Continues US ethanol production, for the week ended 5/29/20, posted the fifth consecutive weekly increase, rising to 225 million gallons per week from 213 million gallons per week in the previous period.


Last week's production was a 42% increase from the lowest level seen six weeks ago at 158 million gallons/week.


This week's corn for ethanol usage was 28 million bushels less than last year, bringing the 2019/20 estimated decline to 371 million bushels.


The USDA's last forecast was for a 428 million bushel decrease for the marketing year, which still has 13 weeks left.


FBN’s Take On What It Means For The Farmer: The EIA report showed another increase in gasoline demand, leading to increased ethanol use (see Chart of the Day). However, it will be difficult to catch up to the current USDA corn use forecast. The agency may reduce the estimate modestly in next week’s monthly report, depending on the outlook for a seasonal increase along with the economy continuing to recover. More US Soybean Sales Confirmed Exporters reported sales of 186,000 tonnes of soybeans for delivery to unknown destinations; 66,000 for old-crop and 120,000 for new-crop.


US soybeans have become the most competitive in the world through January as the Brazilian Real has risen 16% from its recent low.


Brazil shipped a record 16.3 million tonnes of soybeans in April, followed by 15.5 million in May as the currency fell to a record low.


Brazil has exported approximately 40% of last year’s production, compared with about 28% in the previous two years at this time.


FBN’s Take On What It Means For The Farmer: The recent jump in the value of the Real in relation to the Dollar has decreased the incentive for Brazilian farmers to sell and for importers to buy. This should lead to greater sales for the US, though the final amount may rely on continued large sales to China where political tensions have increased uncertainty around trade. Fortunately, as stocks are eventually drawn down in Brazil, the US will have the only exportable supplies left until South America’s harvest next year. The risk of trading futures, hedging, and speculating can be substantial. FBN BR LLC (NFA ID: 0508695)


Soybeans Firmer as Potential for Chinese Purchases Continues to be the Focus Global corn exports for May were 12.2 million tonnes Ukraine’s 2020 Grain Harvest Forecast Raised Ukrainian ProAgro revised up its forecast for the country's 2020 grain harvest to 74.4 million tonnes from the previous outlook of 72.5 million.


The consultant raised its forecasts for Ukrainian wheat harvest to 26.6 million tonnes from 25.4 million.


Expected corn production was increased to 37.6 million tonnes from 37.3 million tonnes last month.


Rains across Ukraine in May were given as the main reason for the increase in grain production forecasts.


FBN’s Take On What It Means For The Farmer: ProAgro’s forecasts contrast with those from the Economy Ministry which recently reported the grain harvest could fall to between 65 and 68 million tonnes this year due to poor weather and significant damage to winter grain crops. Recent rains in the region have been timely, but more will be needed in June to prevent further stress to crops. Increased corn production could lead to more exports to compete with the US. World Corn Shipments Steady In May Global corn exports for May were 12.2 million tonnes, compared to 12.3 million last month and 13 million last year.


The US accounted for the largest share of exports at 44% with Argentina at 31% and Ukraine at 20%.


Brazil’s exports have lagged this year. In May, Brazil’s corn exports were at 30,000 tonnes compared with 65,000 in April and 475,000 in May 2019.


The shipping lineup in Brazil has started to rise, increasing to 754,000 tonnes last week, but is still behind the 3.2 million tonnes seen last year.


FBN’s Take On What It Means For The Farmer: First crop corn in southern Brazil has been affected by adverse weather conditions, leading to higher domestic prices. Ukraine origin corn is not competitively priced until after the next harvest, which leaves Argentina as the main competition to the US on the world export market. Low corn prices in the US have led to increased export activity, and this is needed to continue to reach USDA forecasts. The risk of trading futures, hedging, and speculating can be substantial. FBN BR LLC (NFA ID: 0508695)


Legislative Changes Could Bring Flexibility to PPP Changes provide flexibility in length of time for repayment and rehiring as well as how loan proceeds must be spent The U.S. House of Representatives overwhelmingly passed the Paycheck Protection Program Flexibility Act of 2020 (H.R. 7010), which amended several provisions in the Paycheck Protection Program. Many of the changes in the House bill provide flexibility in length of time for repayment and rehiring as well as how the loan proceeds must be spent. The Senate is considering its own version of the legislation along with the House version this week. While farmers and ranchers seeking loans during the COVID-19 emergency welcome the flexibility the House and Senate bills would provide, outstanding questions remain related to rental income, H-2A workers and the availability of additional funds for those shut out of the program. Proposed Changes The Payroll Threshold Under the current regulation, a PPP loan recipient is required to spend at least 75% of the loan proceeds on payroll costs to qualify for full loan forgiveness. The remainder of the loan proceeds can be used on certain employee benefits relating to health care, interest on mortgage obligations, rent, utilities and interest on any other existing debt obligations. If a recipient spends less than 75% of the loan proceeds on payroll, the difference between the amount actually spent on payroll and the 75% threshold is not forgiven. For example, assume a farmer receives a $200,000 PPP loan and spends $150,000 on payroll costs and the remainder on other eligible costs. In this case, because 75% of the loan was used on payroll costs, after applying for forgiveness, the farmer’s loan would be reduced to $0. The proposed changes to the PPP would not impact this farmer. Now let’s assume the farmer spends $100,000, or 50% of the loan, on payroll costs. Under the current regulation, which is unchanged in the Senate bill, the farmer’s loan would be reduced by $150,000 with a remaining loan balance of $50,000 ($200,000 x 75% - $100,000). Under the House bill, the farmer’s loan would be reduced by $180,000, and the farmer would be left with a loan balance of $20,000 ($200,000 x 60% - $100,000). For this farmer, the difference between a 75% and 60% payroll cost threshold is $30,000. Time Period for Loan Forgiveness Both the Senate and House bills would increase the minimum loan term from the current two years to five years, while maintaining the 1% interest rate. Additionally, both bills would permit businesses seeking loan forgiveness to defer payroll taxes without penalty for two years. Another proposed change in both bills is an extension of the time period for businesses to spend the loan proceeds from the current eight-week period to 24 weeks in the House bill and 16 weeks in the Senate version. Current regulation stipulates that to get forgiveness for a PPP loan, the funds must be spent within eight weeks of receipt on qualifying expenses. Employee Rehire To address the uncertainty that continues to impact small businesses as the country gradually reopens, both the Senate and House bills would extend the rehiring window from June 30, 2020, to Dec. 31, 2020. This would give businesses an additional six months to rehire employees or restore payroll levels without incurring any reduction in the forgiven amount. In addition, both measures provide an exemption in eligibility for loan forgiveness for employers unable to rehire an employee or a replacement if the business is unable to return to the same level due to compliance with social distancing guidelines or an inability to hire similarly qualified employees. Outstanding Questions While the House and Senate bills improve the PPP, the measures are missing provisions that would make the program more helpful to farmers and ranchers. At the end of April, the IRS ruled that expenses incurred by businesses that are paid with PPP loan proceeds are non-deductible and thus subject to taxation. While many believed the intent of Congress was that loan forgiveness would be non-taxable, the legislation did not explicitly state this. Without a legislative change, the loan amount and interest on the loan assistance will be taxed as income. Since PPP details were first made available, many farmers have asked for a fuller definition of “rent.” While rent is understood as it relates to a storefront, farmers rent a wide variety of business-related items including equipment, land and buildings. Clarification that rent encompasses all these business-related items would be helpful. As detailed in the Market Intel, Farmers’ Losses a Barrier to PPP Participation, a large share of self-employed farmers report a loss on their tax return. In fact, according to the most recently available data, in 2017, 37% of farmers reported net losses from farming on their Schedule F. This is important because farm participation in the PPP is based solely on net farm profits (or losses), line 34, form Schedule F, from 2019. Reliance on Schedule F alone has made many farmers ineligible for PPP benefits. If in addition to profits shown on Schedule F, if income from farm equipment trades, breeding livestock, all rental income and in-kind wages such as commodity wages were included in the calculation of income, more farmers would be eligible for PPP loans. Finally, certainty that all H-2A workers in the United States qualify as an employee upon satisfaction of a “principal place of residence” test that includes living in the U.S. for more than half a year would be exceedingly helpful. Wages paid to H-2A workers are a considerable expense for non-mechanized commodities and excluding them is counter to helping businesses with high payroll expenses. Summary Through May 30, 2020, $510.2 billion in PPP loans have been approved. This loan value has been spread across 4,475,599 loans. Unfortunately, only $7.6 billion of those funds, or 1.5%, have been given to agriculture, forestry, fishing and hunting operations. Changes proposed in the House and Senate bills could make the program more attractive to farmers and ranchers. Contact: Veronica Nigh, Economist (202) 406-3622 veronican@fb.org Megan Nelson, Economic Analyst (202) 406-3629 megann@fb.org


Crop Conditions Mostly Better Than Expected Better ratings in the western Corn Belt, lower ratings in parts of the eastern Corn Belt due to excess rainfall Crop Conditions Mostly Better Than Expected Corn conditions are 74% good to excellent, up from 70% last week and 71% expected; plantings were 93% complete and ahead of the 89% average.


Soybean conditions are 70% good to excellent compared to 68% expected.


Soybean planting is 75% complete up from 53% last week and 68% average.


Spring wheat crop conditions are 80% good to excellent compared with 74% at this time last year; planting is nearly complete and in line with last year.


Winter wheat conditions are 51% good to excellent compared with 54% expected by the trade, 54% last week, and 64% last year.


Cotton is 66% planted compared with 53% last week, 67% last year, and 66% average. FBN’s Take On What It Means: Crop ratings are higher than expected with better ratings in the western Corn Belt and lower ratings in parts of the eastern Corn Belt due to excess rainfall. The somewhat drier bias in the WCB bears watching, but is not yet a concern. Although the forecast for the week ahead calls for above normal temps and slightly below normal precipitation across the Midwest, adequate soil moisture and scattered showers should keep conditions mostly steady. China Buys US Soybeans After Reported Stoppage Early Monday, news wires reported China had told state-owned firms to halt purchase of US soybeans, pork, corn and cotton.


State-owned Chinese firms were then reported buying at least three cargoes of US soybeans later on Monday.


The purchases, totaling at least 180,000 tonnes, were for shipment in October or November which is the peak of the US soy export season.


The sales were relatively small compared with recent purchases by state-owned firms totaling a million tonnes or more at a time.


Chinese importers canceled 10,000 to 20,000 tonnes of pork shipments from the US that were previously purchased. FBN’s Take On What It Means: Heightened tensions regarding the coronavirus and Hong Kong have led to increased uncertainty about the US/China trade deal. It is not clear why buying continued after the Chinese government message to their state-owned firms. It may be that China intends to slow down trade rather than come to a full stop. What is clear is that China will need to import US soybeans at some point this fall as supplies from South America become unavailable. The risk of trading futures, hedging, and speculating can be substantial. FBN BR LLC (NFA ID: 0508695)


China to Reduce Purchases of U.S. Ag Products Could derail trade deal two countries have worked on for almost two years China May Slow Buying American Farm Products China has pressed ahead with national security legislation for Hong Kong, raising fears over the future of the financial hub.


President Trump’s response to China included a barrage of criticism but stopped short of fully escalating tensions between the two nations.


Over the last five weeks, soybean sales have averaged 30.8 million bushels per week as modest Chinese buying resumed.


Last week, before the President’s press conference, China reiterated a pledge to implement the first phase of its trade deal with the U.S. despite setbacks.


After the press conference, Chinese government officials told major state-run agricultural companies to pause purchases of some American farm goods including soybeans.


Private buyers have not been inquiring as much about US soybeans, with only two cargoes announced last week. FBN’s Take On What It Means: If the administration were to announce tough sanctions on Beijing, that could derail the trade deal the two countries have worked on for almost two years. The heightened tensions between the US and China may mean importers are concerned about buying American products due to the political risks and potential repercussions. China reportedly purchased beans from Brazil last week, but that business should soon return to US origins which are competitively priced after September as South American supplies are diminished. French Soft Wheat Rating Remains Low France AgriMer reported wheat crop ratings declined last week to 56% good to excellent, down from 57% the previous week.


Conditions remain at their lowest for this time of the season since 2011.


The French wheat crop has been pressured by lower than normal precipitation throughout this spring.


Hot, dry weather last week likely increased pressure on the crop which the agency estimated was 12 days ahead of average. FBN’s Take On What It Means: Northwestern Europe’s dry bias remains a concern and a close watch on the situation is warranted. Little to no rain is expected in the U.K., northern France and northern Germany for at least another week. Next week, June 5-11, precipitation is expected to return to western and northern portions of the continent. The rain is forecast to be light, but any moisture will be welcome and will slow drying out of the soil moisture. Weather risks in the Northern Hemisphere continue to provide some underlying support for the wheat market, but conditions are not currently dire, and FBN believes producers should be using any further strength to catch up on sales. The risk of trading futures, hedging, and speculating can be substantial. FBN BR LLC (NFA ID: 0508695)


International Grains Council Raises Grain Stocks Forecasts Improved corn crop outlooks for U.S. and China helped to trigger upward revision International Grains Council Raises Grain Stocks Forecasts IGC raised its grain production forecast by 12 million tonnes to 2,230 million tonnes while consumption was trimmed by 4 million tonnes to 2,218 million.


IGC increased its forecast for global corn production in the 2020/21 season by 11 million tonnes to 1,169 million tonnes.


Global corn consumption was seen at 1,177 million tonnes with global stocks seen declining by 9 million tonnes to 288 million tonnes.


The council projected world wheat production at 766 million tonnes, up from its previous projection of 764 million.


Wheat stocks were seen rising by 16 million tonnes to 290 million tonnes, more than offsetting the decline in corn.


IGC estimates global soybean production in 2020/21 at 363 million tonnes, well above the 336 million seen last year. FBN’s Take On What It Means: The council was looking for a marginal global grains deficit for the 2020/21 season in its previous report issued in late April. Improved corn crop outlooks for the United States and China helped to trigger the upward revision to the global grain production forecast while IGC reported the consumption outlook was lowered "owing to the weaker outlook for the industrial sector.” If forecasts are realized it would result in the first increase in world grain stocks in four years. This is just another reminder that the effects of the coronavirus are likely to linger and producers should be looking for opportunities to forward price grain. Argentine Corn Crop Reported Steady Buenos Aires Grain Exchange reported corn harvest is 47% complete vs 44% last week and 36% average.


Crop conditions were seen as steady compared to last week at 37% good to excellent.


The exchange maintained their corn crop production forecast at 50 million tonnes, which is in line with the May USDA report.


Argentina is on pace to export 3.7 million tonnes of corn this month compared with 3.9 million last month and 3.9 million last year. FBN’s Take On What It Means: Slower exports in Argentina taken together with a small shipping lineup in Brazil and firm prices in Ukraine should help the US export program in the months ahead. While not a game changer, robust sales will be needed to combat the expected increase in US new crop corn stocks. The risk of trading futures, hedging, and speculating can be substantial. FBN BR LLC (NFA ID: 0508695)


China Buys Brazilian Soybeans With heightened China/U.S. political tensions, China is reported to have purchased 10-14 cargoes of Brazilian soybeans China Buys Brazilian Soybeans China is reported to have purchased 10-14 cargoes of Brazilian soybeans for September/October delivery, and possibly 1 cargo for November.


Buying comes despite US supplies being more competitively priced.


A berth at Brazil’s Paranagua port stopped operations due to a positive coronavirus test of a vessel’s crew member, but has reopened after the crew was quarantined.


The Brazilian export lineup is at 11.2 million tonnes vs 11.7 million a week ago, but remains well above last year’s 7.4 million tonnes. FBN’s Take On What It Means: China’s purchases of Brazilian origin soybeans into this fall come on the heels of heightened China/US political tensions over Hong Kong, and are likely an attempt to offset some of the risk of trade relations breaking down. Eventually, China and other world buyers will have to come to the US for supplies as Brazilian stocks dry up. There is also a risk that port logistics become snarled if more coronavirus cases are found, which could push buyers to the US. Ukraine Wheat Crop Forecast Declines A state run agency has forecast the winter wheat harvest at 23 million tonnes which is down from 26 million tonnes.


Severe drought across the country’s southern regions has caused production losses.


The Odessa region is reported to have lost 500,000 hectares (1.2+ million acres) of winter crops, and may see harvest down 70%.


The Economy Ministry forecast the total 2020 grain crop at 65-68 million tonnes compared with 75 million tonnes last year.


Private consultant Strategie Grains has estimated Ukraine wheat production at 25-26 million tonnes. FBN’s Take On What It Means: Recent rains in the Black Sea region have likely stabilized crops in that area. Europe and the US are potentially more at risk. Temperatures in the western Plains are expected to be much warmer than normal going into June which could result in a small decrease in HRW production. It would not be surprising to see more downgrades of crop forecasts in France, Germany, and the UK which have been drier than normal this year. The risk of trading futures, hedging, and speculating can be substantial. FBN BR LLC (NFA ID: 0508695)


Crop Progress Remains Ahead of Schedule Corn conditions are in line with average season-starting conditions over last 10 years USDA Crop Progress Report Corn planting is 88% complete vs 80% last week, 55% last year and 82% average.


The first corn crop condition rating of the year is 70% good to excellent vs last year's initial condition (in early June) of 59% good to excellent.


65% of soybean planting is finished compared with 53% last week, 26% last year and 55% average.


Spring wheat planting jumped to 81% complete vs 60% last week, 80% last year, and 90% average.


Winter wheat conditions are 54% good to excellent compared with 52% last week and 61% last year. Texas was 27% harvested.


Cotton planting was 53% complete, up from 44% last week, and keeping pace with 53% last year and 53% average. FBN’s Take On What It Means: Corn conditions are in line with average season-starting conditions over the last 10 years. The main laggard is Illinois at 55% good to excellent, which is lower than usual due to excessive rain in several regions of the state. Winter wheat conditions have stabilized and improved over the last two weeks. Harvest is underway in Texas and will start in Oklahoma soon. We will learn more about possible freeze/drought damage soon. Brazil’s Safrinha Corn Crop Estimate Cut Agroconsult revised the second-crop (safrinha) corn output forecast to 71.7 million tonnes, which was 3 million tonnes lower than the March 31 forecast.


The consultant reported average yields are seen as 10.8% lower than 2019.


But, an increased planted area estimate of 13.3 million hectares, which was a 5.2% rise from March, offset some of the yield cut.


The forecast for the total Brazilian corn crop is now 98 million tonnes compared with 101.6 million tonnes previously. FBN’s Take On What It Means: Brazil’s crop production continues to suffer due to the effects of a drought in key southern regions this season. The lower corn output will support higher domestic prices, and could continue to help US export interest, which has picked up in recent weeks after a slow start this crop year. The risk of trading futures, hedging, and speculating can be substantial. FBN BR LLC (NFA ID: 0508695)


Page 1 of 229 pages 1 2 3 > Last ›


http://www.feedandgrain.com/blog/corn-futures-edging-higher&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjAwZTg1OTUxODZhNTBjODQ6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGPB4sQO1Pg_hDj3VutB7CeGKTND

Back to Top

HLIB downgrades FGV, Hap Seng Plantations, IOI Corp, KLK on lower-than-expected FFB output

KUALA LUMPUR (June 10): Hong Leong Investment Bank (HLIB) Research has downgraded planters FGV Holdings Bhd, Hap Seng Plantations Holdings Bhd, IOI Corp Bhd and Kuala Lumpur Kepong Bhd (KLK) on the back of lower-than-expected fresh fruit bunch (FFB) output.


In a note on the plantation sector, HLIB said that it was downgrading FGV to "sell" with a target price (TP) of 89 sen, from "hold" with a 88 sen TP.


Hap Seng Plantations has been downgraded to "hold" with a TP of RM1.51, from "buy" and RM1.45 TP.


IOI now has a "sell" call and RM3.82 TP attached to it, from a "hold" call and RM3.88 TP.


Meanwhile, KLK saw its rating downgraded to "hold" from "buy", with no changes made to its RM22.82 TP.


HLIB said that seven of the nine plantation companies that it covers had reported their quarterly results. It said of these seven companies, four came within its expectations, while three — FGV, IOI and Sime Darby Plantation Bhd (SDP) — disappointed.


The research house opined lower-than-expected FFB output and higher crude palm oil (CPO) production cost were the main reasons for the earnings shortfall seen (particularly for FGV and SDP).


HLIB said during the first quarter of the year, the dip in FFB output was mitigated by higher CPO selling prices, which resulted in four of the seven companies it covers posting better performances on a year-on-year (y-o-y) and quarter-on-quarter (q-o-q) bases.


"We note the weaker q-o-q and y-o-y performances reported by FGV, Hap Seng Plantations, and IOI were due mainly to their more significant exposure to Sabah operations. Apart from significantly lower FFB output, IOI was impacted by losses registered at its 30%-owned associate (Loders, as a result of provision for doubtful debts and mark-to-market losses for commodity derivatives)," it noted.


When compared with the fourth quarter of 2019 (4Q19), realised CPO prices in 1Q20 tracked closer to the average spot CPO price of RM2,636 — indicating a minimal forward sales during the quarter.


HLIB Research also viewed that since early-May, CPO spot prices have recovered 15% to RM2,378 a tonne, fuelled by the easing of Covid-19 lockdown measures, improved business ties between Malaysia and India, the Indonesian government's commitment to its B30 biodiesel programme, and the Malaysian government's decision to exempt export duties on palm oil products — including crude and refined palm oil and palm kernel oil.


"We maintain our 2020-2021 average CPO price assumptions of RM2,350-RM2,400/mt for now, as we believe it takes time before full swing demand recovery takes place. Besides, we note current Palm Oil-Gas Oil spread remains uneconomically viable for discretionary blending," it said, while maintaining its neutral rating on the sector.


https://www.theedgemarkets.com/article/hlib-downgrades-fgv-hap-seng-plantations-ioi-corp-klk-lowerthanexpected-ffb-output&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmJjODg2NzM5ODJjMmFkNGU6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNEXKB7zNvIzs6Y6WGM9d235HIWzT

Back to Top

Ready to Drink Coffee Market to Show Tremendous Growth by 2027 | Leading Players- Starbucks Corporation, Arla Foods amba, Nestlé, others

Ready to Drink Coffee Market Scope

Ready to drink coffee market is segmented on the basis of countries into U.S., Canada and Mexico in North America, Brazil, Argentina and Rest of South America as part of South America, Germany, Italy, U.K., France, Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Switzerland, Turkey, Russia, Rest of Europe in Europe, Japan, China, India, South Korea, Australia, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Rest of Asia-Pacific (APAC)  in the Asia-Pacific (APAC), Saudi Arabia, U.A.E, South Africa, Egypt, Israel, Rest of Middle East and Africa (MEA) as a part of Middle East and Africa (MEA).

All country based analysis of ready to drink coffee market is further analyzed based on maximum granularity into further segmentation. On the basis of nature, the ready to drink coffee market is segmented into natural, conventional and organic. Based on product type, the ready to drink coffee market is segmented into iced coffee, coffee latte, black coffee and others. Based on the price range, the ready to drink coffee market is segmented into economical, mid-range and premium. The ready to drink coffee market is also segmented on the basis of packaging. The packaging is segmented into bottles, cans, carton packaging, tubs and others. Based on flavor, the ready to drink coffee market is segmented into vanilla, mocha, caramel and others flavors. Based on sales channel, the ready to drink coffee market is segmented into store-based retailing and e-commerce.

Ready to drink coffee is a kind of packaged beverages that are put up for sale in a prepared form and are set for consumption. Not like traditional beverage mixes, powders or brew-it-yourself coffee products, ready to drink products can be instantly consumed upon purchase.


https://www.openpr.com/news/2071324/ready-to-drink-coffee-market-to-show-tremendous-growth-by-2027&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjQ5ZTQ2ZDE4ZmU4N2FlNWE6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNHdMUg7twutpXbZb1vJT-NAsuolH

Back to Top

Chinese palm oil imports expected to decline

KUALA LUMPUR (June 11): Chinese palm oil imports are expected to normalise and to decline to 5.95 million tonnes this year, after rising to 7.55 million tonnes in 2019 when domestic oil production was hit by a drought.


Kuala Lumpur Kepong Bhd (KLK) Business Director Ooi Liang Hin explained that 2019 was a “special year” as there was a drought in domestic oil production in the republic, which led to China importing more palm oil.


“What is also very interesting for our friends in the MPOC is Malaysia’s share of Chinese palm oil imports. If you look at the last four to five years, Malaysia’s share has been falling from about 40% to 30%,” he said during a webinar organised by Malaysian Palm Oil Council (MPOC) entitled Palm Oil in the Post Pandemic Market.


“We have to keep in mind that China mainly imports palm-olein, they don’t import crude palm oil. So a lot depends on the duty structure in Malaysia,” he added.


Ooi said that from January to April, Malaysia palm oil made up almost half of Chinese palm oil imports but KLK projects it will slip to 30%-40% this year.


Still, he pointed out while palm oil is not considered part of China’s national reserve of oils and fats, the country is likely to buy more palm oil to fill possible gaps resulting from a further drop in soybean, rapeseed oil and bean imports, should the Sino-US and Sino-Canadian relations worsen.


Furthermore, Chinese palm oil imports are likely to grow from July onwards, in line with production recoveries at the point of origin. Additionally, China has reopened its economy and demand is recovering fast.


CPO futures listed on Bursa Malaysia expiring in July are up RM8 to RM2,396 a tonne.


https://www.theedgemarkets.com/article/chinese-palm-oil-imports-expected-decline&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmJjODg2NzM5ODJjMmFkNGU6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNG8hRgusTCOmnUVhIYcf50RXy3Jb

Back to Top

Precious Metals

Silver Lake’s stunning intersections

A mid-tier gold miner with operations in the Goldfields and the Murchison has released a raft of stunning intersections at its gold and copper mine, 150km east of Geraldton.


Silver Lake Resources yesterday reported resource definition just south of its Deflector mine had hit a headline intersection of 7.4m grading at 98.7 grams per tonne of gold and 11.1 per cent copper.


Other highlight intersections include 0.9m at 103g/t gold and 2.7 per cent copper and 1m at 126g/t gold and 1.9 per cent copper.


Silver Lake said the strong results increased the potential conversion rate of the Deflector South West’s mineral resource estimate to ore reserves.


The results were noted by RBC Capital Markets analysts, who said further promising exploration drill results highlighted the potential around Deflector.


“Whilst the formalisation of these results into resources and reserves will take time, Silver Lake’s continued exploration success near mine is likely to underpin investor conviction towards the Deflector operation and the potential for mine-life extensions,” RBC said.


Silver Lake said the results meant it would be upping the ante with an extension of its exploration drive to test for extensions beyond Deflector South West’s mineral resource estimate.


https://thewest.com.au/news/kalgoorlie-miner/silver-lakes-stunning-intersections-ng-b881568801z&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmJiNmYxYzM1NWU0OWM2MzQ6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNFohLWklgXdKJFWPAxl5AiIYxpEg

Back to Top

Great Bear Resources intersects highest-grade and widest interval to date at LP Fault zone on its Dixie project

Results from the zone included 30.5 g/t gold over 12.4 metres, including 103.6 g/t gold over 1.1 metres within a broader interval of 15.5 g/t gold over 25.2 metres


The results suggest that gold mineralization is continuous throughout the zone


Great Bear Resources Ltd (CVE:GBR) (OTCQX:GTBAF) has reported new drill results from the LP Fault zone on the company’s Dixie project that included the highest-grade, widest interval to date.


Results from the zone included 30.5 grams per ton (g/t) gold over 12.4 metres, including 103.6 g/t gold over 1.1 metres within a broader interval of 15.5 g/t gold over 25.2 metres.


The Vancouver-based company is in the midst of a fully funded C$21 million exploration program at Dixie, which is located in the prolific mining region of Red Lake, Ontario. The company has completed 111 drill holes of a planned 300-hole program.


The results suggest that gold mineralization is continuous throughout the zone, as the new drill hole BR-134 intersected the same mineralized zone 75 metres vertically below a previous drill hole, BR-133.


Another drill hole intersected the gold zone even deeper than previous drilling on the section, extending the high-grade mineralization by nearly 100 metres northwest and demonstrating increased grade and thickness of gold mineralization at greater depth.


In a statement, Great Bear CEO Chris Taylor hailed the positive drill results: “Deeper drilling towards the northwest margin of our planned grid program has also extended high-grade gold mineralization in this area."


"Having completed our upsized private placement, we have over $50 million in cash and sufficient capital to continue aggressive drilling into 2022. Updated exploration plans reflective of our ability to undertake an expanded fully-funded drill program will be provided in the near future," he said.


Additional results from the latest round of drilling included 14.5 g/t gold over 4 metres within a broader interval of 3.2 g/t gold over 27.3 metres in drill hole BR-109, while drill hole BR-108 intersected multiple gold-bearing intervals along 228.8 metres of core length.


Around 189 drill holes remain as part of the company’s ongoing LP Fault drill program. More holes are planned for the Dixie Limb and Hinge zones.


Great Bear’s Dixie project is 100% owned and comprised of 9,140 hectares of contiguous claims that extend over 22 kilometres in Red Lake.


Shares of Great Bear gained 9.8% in Toronto to trade at C$11.85 on Monday.


https://www.proactiveinvestors.com/companies/news/921366/great-bear-resources-intersects-highest-grade-and-widest-interval-to-date-at-lp-fault-zone-on-its-dixie-project-921366.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHDYwNDFiZWVmMjA5MzEzZjE6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNFDrSq0qe8R0N15l-vmmONrx6eZX

Back to Top

Power Metal Resources newsflow set to increase as projects mature

What it owns


Having changed its name to reflect a refocusing, Power Metal Resources PLC (LON:POW) has set about exploring new countries across Africa, and new metals to fulfil its nomenclature.


Previously known as African Battery Metals PLC, and before that Sula Iron & Gold PLC, the explorer has diversified into platinum group metals, copper, cobalt and nickel after discontinuing its earlier iron and gold exploration at Ferensola in Sierra Leone.


The Power Metal portfolio consists of a number of major assets:


- Kisinka copper-cobalt project in the Democratic Republic of Congo in which a 7 kilometres zone anomalous for copper has been identified

- A suite of cobalt-nickel projects in Cameroon, neighbouring the Nkamouna-Mada project, which is currently the largest cobalt project anywhere in the world outside of the Democratic Republic of Congo

- A 25% stake in the Haneti project in Tanzania currently being worked up by Louis Coetzee’s Katoro Gold PLC (LON:KAT), with a right to increase its interest to 35% through the payment to Katoro Gold of £25,000 in cash by 15 May 2020

- A nickel, platinum group metals and copper exploration complex in Botswana, Molopo Farms, that’s wholly owned by Kalahari Key Metals in which Power Metal has 18.26% rights that can rise to 40%.

- The Alamo project in Arizona comprises some 340 acres see as being prospective for gold, with native gold nuggets observed near-surface in multiple locations.

- A gold joint venture in Australia with Red Rock Resources, called Red Rock Resources Australasia.


How it's doing


In April, Power Metal said that four drill targets have been selected for drilling at the Molopo Farms Complex project, which it owns jointly with Kalahari Key Minerals.


The decision to drill follows helicopter-borne electromagnetic survey, ground geophysics and a subsequent desktop review.


Initial drilling is expected to focus on the Chipo target group in the northern area of the Molopo Farms project


Earlier that month, the company said it had agreed to the conditional acquisition of a 51% interest in the Ditau project in Botswana for £150,000 from Kavango Resources PLC (LON:KAV).


Inflexion points


- POW has five major interests all of which it believes can produce a major discovery

- Drilling commences at Molopo Farms in Botswana

- Increasing exposure to battery metals and copper


What the market says; First Equity


"By deducting Katoro’s equity and warrant valuation from the current market cap and a small Kavango loan note investment, investors are essentially valuing POW’s projects at only £1.7m.


"Given POW’s breadth of exploration projects and commodity exposure, many of which are located within exploration rich target areas, this figure is clearly too low, especially when considering POW’s increased interests in the gold sector, a precious metal that continues to rise in the current global crisis, and more so when measured in sterling terms.


"We anticipate an intensive news-flow period ahead in the coming months, with the commencement of drilling at MFC, more details being learnt about the Victoria Goldfields project, Kisinka results and possible completion of due diligence at Ditau and Alamo.


"A market cap of around £2m grossly understates the potential upside of the projects and investments held by Power Metal Resources, and its recent increased exposure to some highly prospective and exciting gold projects."


https://www.proactiveinvestors.co.uk/companies/news/203991/power-metal-resources-newsflow-set-to-increase-as-projects-mature-203991.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmJiNmYxYzM1NWU0OWM2MzQ6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNFbmPF11TzNBMPKg5GM2BY75Mw_q

Back to Top

Gold Rate Steadies As Surprise US Jobs Rebound Dents Demand

Gold prices have gained more than 11%so far this year


Gold inched up on Monday although safe-haven demand remained subdued, after prices fell to a more than one-month low in the last session as an unexpected jump in US employment boosted hopes for a swift economic recovery. Spot gold was up 0.1 per cent at $1,682.57 per ounce by 9:21 am. US gold futures rose 0.5 per cent to $1,691.40 per ounce. Bullion dropped as much as 2.4 per cent to $1,670.14 on Friday after data showed US non-farm payrolls rose by 2.509 million jobs last month - in contrast with consensus estimates of a fall of 8 million jobs.


"The narrative around the unemployment data presents a whole smorgasbord of risks to gold going forward, and the upside is going to be quite limited," said Stephen Innes, chief market strategist at financial services firm AxiCorp.


"Gold is going to struggle to clear the $1,700 level again."


The strong jobs data bolstered demand for risky assets like stocks, which advanced on Monday.


Market participants are now waiting for the Federal Reserve's two-day policy meeting ending on Wednesday, though they have stopped pricing in the possibility that the Fed will adopt negative rates after the surprise recovery in employment.


Gold prices have gained more than 11 per cent so far this year as central banks across the globe cut interest rates and unveiled massive stimulus to support the coronavirus-damaged economy. However, they have shed about 4 per cent since hitting a seven-year peak in May amid hopes for a quicker-than-expected economic recovery.


Reflecting investor sentiment, holdings of the SPDR Gold Trust, the world's largest gold-backed exchange-traded fund, dipped 0.4 per cent to 1,128.11 tonnes on Friday.


Speculators also cut their bullish positions in COMEX gold, and increased them in silver contracts in the week to June 2, the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission said on Friday.


Among other metals, silver was up 0.6 per cent at $17.47 per ounce and palladium rose 0.7 per cent to $1,965.92, while platinum declined 2 per cent to $819.25.


https://www.ndtv.com/business/gold-price-today-gold-steadies-as-surprise-us-jobs-rebound-covid-19-recovery-hopes-dents-demand-2242615&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjMwYTQ0YmZlYjQzNWU3MjU6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNHk1bKv3AmKhuqElpLitKhbek6CQ

Back to Top

GOLD-COPPER: Lumina Gold adds 9 years to Cangrejos mine life - Canadian Mining Journal

VANCOUVER – An updated preliminary economic assessment (PEA) for Lumina Gold‘s Cangrejos gold-copper project in southern Ecuador has added nine years to the mine life and improved economics while increasing the initial capex to US$1 billion from US$831 million.


The extended mine life for the open pit project, in Ecuador’s El Oro province, comes from increased resources at Cangrejos and a maiden resource compiled late last year at the Gran Bestia deposit located 1 km away. The economics were boosted by the addition of resources as well as an improved process flow sheet.


With average annual production of 366,000 oz. gold and 46 million lb. copper, the project’s post-tax net present value is now estimated at US$1.6 billion at a discount rate of 5%, with an internal rate of return (IRR) of 16.2%.


That compares with a mine life of 16 years and annual production of 373,000 oz. gold and 43 million lb. copper in the previous PEA, completed in mid-2018. That study projected an NPV of US$920 million and an IRR of 15%.


In a release, Lumina president and CEO Marshall Koval said he was pleased by the increase in the NPV by over $600 million, as well as the project’s ability to sustain high production of over 360,000 oz. gold per year over 25 years.


“Cangrejos is an exceptional global gold deposit and one of the few of this scale that is 100% controlled by an independent developer,” he said. “Ecuador has made substantial progress in its mining sector with the successful commissioning of Fruta del Norte and Mirador. Now the country will turn their focus to the next generation of development projects.”


The proposed processing plant for Cangrejos is a conventional copper-gold flotation concentrator and CIL (carbon-in-leach) circuit that will handle 40,000 t/d for the first five years. Starting in year six, the capacity would be doubled for the remainder of the mine life to 80,000 t/d. The plant is designed to produce a gold and silver) doré, a copper-gold flotation concentrate that will account for the majority of revenue, and a molybdenum concentrate.


The addition of a CIL plant, tailings filtration and tailings/ore conveying costs, all pushed the initial project capex higher by U$169 million to US$1 billion in the updated PEA.


Cash operating costs are projected at US$545 per oz. with all-in sustaining costs of US$604 per oz., net of byproduct credits. The PEA used a gold price of US$1,400 per oz. (up from US$1,300 per oz.) and a copper price of US$2.75 per lb. (down from US$3.25 per lb.).


Gold is expected to account for 79% of life-of mine revenues, with copper contributing 19.4%.


The Congrejos deposit contains an indicated resource of 469.7 million tonnes grading 0.59 g/t gold, 0.12% copper, 0.7 g/t silver and 22.4 ppm molybdenum (or 0.77 g/t gold equivalent). Inferred resources add 254.9 million tonnes grading 0.43 g/t gold, 0.08% copper, 0.7 g/t silver and 14.8 ppm molybdenum (or 0.55 g/t gold equivalent).


Gran Bestia contains an indicated resource of 101.1 million tonnes grading 0.46 g/t gold, 0.08% copper, 0.6 g/t silver and 15.4 ppm moly (or 0.58 g/t gold equivalent). Inferred resources add 245.5 million tonnes grading 0.4 g/t gold, 0.07% copper, 0.6 g/t silver and 11.3 ppm moly (or 0.5 g/t gold equivalent).


Both resource estimates use a 0.3 g/t cutoff grade and resources contain a mixture of saprolite, partially oxidized and fresh rock.


http://www.canadianminingjournal.com/news/gold-copper-lumina-gold-adds-9-years-to-cangrejos-mine-life/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=gold-copper-lumina-gold-adds-9-years-to-cangrejos-mine-life

Back to Top

Rowena Olsen: why we need to boost incentives to help the mining industry get our economy back on track

The mining and exploration industry supports about 10,000 jobs in the Goldfields-Esperance region and history shows exploration is usually the first casualty in times of economic contraction.


With the Treasurer signalling the WA economy is likely to go into recession in 2020-21, programs such as the Exploration Incentive Scheme are crucial to help carry WA through difficult economic times.


The EIS encourages exploration in WA for the long-term sustainability of the State’s resources sector.


The Nationals WA recognise the importance of the EIS, which is why between 2009 and 2017, we invested more than $130 million into the EIS, understanding the flow-on benefits to the regions.


It is also why leader Mia Davies wrote to the Mines and Petroleum Minister last week seeking a 50 per cent increase to the EIS (from $10 million to $15 million), and to push the co-funded component beyond 50 per cent.


Camera Icon A haul truck travels down the Havana Pit ramp at AngloGold Ashanti's Tropicana goldmine, 220km east of Kalgoorlie. Credit: WA News, Bill Hatto / WA News. 6 March, 2014.


This would be particularly beneficial to junior explorers that find it difficult to raise capital for expanding operations, and by supercharging the EIS, many junior and mid-tier miners can continue their exploration programs.


It is also opportune to rectify the EIS funding model from mining tenement rentals back to Royalties for Regions or consolidated revenue.


Andy Well, Tropicana, Nova nickel, Gruyere — all these major resource projects were discovered utilising the EIS. The Gruyere joint venture between Gold Fields and Gold Road Resources is set to produce 300,000 ounces (approximately) of gold per year, not to mention providing 250 jobs, over the next 12 years.


The Tropicana deposit was discovered in 2005 in an area not previously thought to be prospective of gold.


The EIS discovery uncovered an entirely new gold province, producing up to 400,000 ounces of gold per year and providing 450 jobs.


The EIS has been instrumental in supporting ongoing investment and developing a pipeline of projects.


Now is the time to invest in the EIS over the coming years to boost our State’s economic recovery.


A MinEx consulting report, entitled “Long-term forecast of Australia’s mineral production and revenue, the outlook for gold: 2017-2057”, predicts across the next 15 years half of all of Australia’s gold production will come from mines that are yet to be discovered.


A 2015 economic impact study by ACIL Allen showed the EIS returned up to $23.7 million to the economy for every $1 million invested.


We have so much data telling us the EIS is crucial for resource development in our State.


If the EIS is boosted by just $5 million, that’s a $355 million investment — and isn’t that an injection our State is looking for?


https://thewest.com.au/news/kalgoorlie-miner/rowena-olsen-why-we-need-to-boost-incentives-to-help-the-mining-industry-get-our-economy-back-on-track-ng-b881571838z&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjUwYWY4ZjhiMTRiNmY5OWU6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNFN_aQ1a6OK1U8odRhCKhRlv0RD_

Back to Top

Evrim Resources and Renaissance Gold Combine to Form New Royalty/Prospect Generator Company

VANCOUVER, BC / ACCESSWIRE / June 10, 2020 / (TSX-V: EVM) Evrim Resources Corp. ("Evrim" or the "Company") and Renaissance Gold Inc. (TSX.V:REN, OTCQB:RNSGF) ("Renaissance") are pleased to announce that they have entered into an agreement (the "Arrangement Agreement") to combine in a merger-of-equals (the "Transaction") in which Evrim will acquire all of the outstanding common shares of Renaissance through a share exchange transaction to create a new company, to be named Orogen Royalties Inc. Orogen will focus on project generation as has been the history of both Evrim and Renaissance but with a renewed focus on organic royalty creation and royalty acquisition. Under the terms of the Arrangement Agreement, each Renaissance share will be exchanged for 1.2448 Evrim shares, which will result in Renaissance and Evrim shareholders each holding 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of Orogen Royalties Inc.


Highlights of the Combined Company 

Organically Generated Royalty Portfolio

  • Ermitaño West gold deposit in Sonora, Mexico (2% net smelter royalty ("NSR")), being developed by First Majestic Silver Corp. and planned to be in production in 20211
  • Silicon gold project (1% NSR) in Nevada, USA, being advanced by AngloGold Ashanti NA
  • Cumobabi project (1.5% NSR), adjacent to the Ermitaño property
  • Four precious metal exploration-stage projects in Argentina, each with a minimum 1% NSR

Financial Strength

  • Near term cash flow potential from the Ermitaño West Royalty and long-term growth potential provided by the Silicon Royalty
  • Proforma cash of $13.5 million as of May 31, 2020
  • Significant G&A cost reductions and operational synergies
  • Improved capital markets scale

Increased Diversification

  • Exploration expertise for precious and base metal projects in the western cordillera of North America including Nevada, British Columbia, and western Mexico
  • Enhanced project pipeline in USA, Canada, and Mexico
  • Active exploration joint ventures and alliances across multiple geological terranes

Evrim's President & CEO Paddy Nicol stated, "The combination of Evrim and Renaissance to form Orogen Royalties Inc. is an important and exciting milestone on the path towards creating an enlarged royalty portfolio with exceptional capability to generate additional royalties through organic prospect generation and joint venture partnerships. The future revenue we expect to receive from our royalty portfolio will fund acquisitions and exploration and enable us to maintain tight control over our capital structure. Furthermore, we are delighted to join in Renaissance's exploration efforts in Nevada. The Reno-based technical group is very experienced and highly capable at generating projects in one of the premier gold districts in the world."

Renaissance President & CEO Robert Felder stated, "Bringing together two very successful and well-funded prospect generators with meaningful royalties creates a very strong platform from which to advance and grow our business. This transaction represents a compelling opportunity to build a company that can operate long term, successfully execute our model on both technical and business levels, and generate significant shareholder value. We think very highly of the Evrim team and look forward to what we can accomplish together."

Orogen Royalties Inc. will be headquartered in Vancouver, B.C. and will be led by Paddy Nicol as President & CEO and Paul van Eeden as Chairman. Bob Felder will take on the role of Senior Vice President to facilitate a smooth transition and contribute to the future success of Orogen. Operational offices will be based out of Reno, in Nevada, USA and Hermosillo in Sonora, Mexico. Following the completion of the Transaction, the new board of directors will be comprised of four directors, two each from Evrim and Renaissance.


http://www.digitaljournal.com/pr/4707841&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjQzZmQxNTQ0ZTYyMWQ2Mzg6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGNi25ciOBYG2-lTf5LFM1l8TiC6

Back to Top

PROJECT 81 Exploration Update: Orientation Airborne Magnetic Gradiometer Survey - Drill Indicated Gold Trend in Dargavel Township

Toronto, Ontario - TheNewswire - June 10 2020 - Noble Mineral Exploration Inc. ("Noble" or the "Company") (TSXV:NOB) (FRANKFURT:NB7) (OTC:NLPXF) is pleased to announce that an orientation type airborne Magnetic Gradiometer survey will commence shortly over a 4 km drill indicated gold trend in Dargavel Township, located in Northern Ontario, Canada. (Figure 1). The Dargavel Property is part of the Company's ~72,000 hectare Project 81. The Property was previously flown with airborne magnetics and electromagnetics using a 100 m line spacing and north-south flight line orientation. During this survey the Dargavel gold trend was identified as having a moderate magnetic response (due to the presence of iron formation) and discrete EM anomalies (thought to be caused by pyrite and pyrrhotite within the host volcanics). Areas of interest within the trend were noted for possible folding of the iron formation.


The Dargavel drill indicated gold trend contains a number of anomalous gold intersections in historical drill core discovered from drilling dating back to 1965 by INCO. The most significant intersection was encountered in hole 25013 and included anomalous gold over 23.6 ft (locally up to 3.05 g/t Au over 8 ft) and anomalous platinum over 9.6 ft (locally up to 2.86 g/t Pt). Results are historical and non NI43-101 compliant.


The survey will be flown perpendicular to the orientation of the Dargavel gold trend (with flight lines oriented at 45o) at a 50m line spacing, totalling 2,250 line-kilometers, with the objective of detailing the interpreted folded structure(s) within the iron formation and separating the iron formation from numerous magnetic diabase dikes that strike north-south throughout the area and intersect the gold trend, particularly in the area around drillhole 25013. The survey will also cover adjacent areas in Bradburn and Lennox Townships to cover historic drill core intersections of copper and zinc that occur near the border with Dargavel Township.


Noble's Project 81 is located within the Kidd-Munro assemblage of the western Abitibi Subprovince in Northern, Ontario, and is one of the largest contiguous, underexplored land packages in Ontario. The assemblage is one of the most ultramafic-rich volcanic successions of any age in the world and is hosts to the Kidd Creek VMS deposit, an important example of bimodal-mafic (ultramafic) volcanic-associated massive sulphide (VMS) deposits.


The magnetic gradiometer system will be flown at a lower nominal flight height using closer spaced lines and along a flight direction that provides the greatest resolution of the Dargavel gold trend.


Vance White President &CEO said "we are pleased to get this airborne program underway as the gold trend in Dargavel is under explored, especially in the area around INCO drill hole 25013 where we have anomalous gold and platinum at shallow depth. We will also cover previous intersections of copper and zinc in adjacent townships as we proceed to advance our exploration of Project 81".


Randy S.C. Singh P.Geo (ON), P.Eng (ON) VP- Exploration & Project Development a "qualified person" as such term is defined by National Instrument 43-101 has verified the data disclosed in this news release, and has otherwise reviewed and approved the technical information in this news release on behalf of Noble.




Figure 1. Survey Area & the proximity To Project 81




Figure 2 - Survey Area Dargavel, Bradburn and Lennox Twps


https://www.thenewswire.com/press-releases/1kogF9zYl-project-81-exploration-update-orientation-airborne-magnetic-gradiometer-survey-drill-indicated-gold-trend-in-dargavel-township.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmJiNmYxYzM1NWU0OWM2MzQ6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNFFYBWow9r3rOan_usN-Zdhiyk95

Back to Top

Aston Bay Holdings to Resume Drilling at Buckingham Gold Project, Virginia, USA

TORONTO, ON / ACCESSWIRE / June 10, 2020 / Aston Bay Holdings Ltd. (TSXV:BAY)(OTCQB:ATBHF) ("Aston Bay" or the "Company") is pleased to announce that it will resume drilling at its Buckingham Gold Property located in Central Virginia, USA, on June 15th, 2020. In addition, the Company announces that all core samples from the initial (March 2020) phase of the current drill program have been shipped to the laboratory for analysis, with results anticipated in the coming weeks. Samples will be analyzed by standard fire assay techniques, which will include metallic screen assaying of selected intervals with visible alteration and mineralization (including visible gold). Funding is in place to complete the remaining ~800 metres (m) of the current drill program and to conduct additional follow-up drilling.


A total of 1,218 m was drilled in ten diamond drill holes at the Buckingham Main Zone in March 2020 prior to the suspension of the current program due to Covid-19 virus restrictions (see March 24, 2020 Aston Bay press release). Logging of the core confirmed that the 2020 drilling has intersected veining and alteration similar to that encountered in the 2019 drilling of the zone, which included core-length intercepts of up to 35.6 g/t Au over 2.03m and 24.7 g/t Au over 3.57m in gold-bearing quartz veins, as well as 2.2 g/t Au over 18.1m and 1.9 g/t Au over 22.2m in adjacent but separate sericite-quartz-pyrite alteration zones (see June 5, 2019 Aston Bay release).


http://www.digitaljournal.com/pr/4707842&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmJiNmYxYzM1NWU0OWM2MzQ6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNH_U3fss6ElFNY8rupyHqGtE2LZu

Back to Top

Great Bear Resources intersects another record high-grade gold interval at LP Fault zone on its Dixie project

The exploration company intersected 31.3 grams per ton (g/t) gold over 20.6 metres including 576 g/t over 1 metre at the LP Fault


Great Bear Resources Ltd (CVE:GBR) (OTCQX:GTBAF) continues to see more success at the drill bit in the form of another milestone interval from the Dixie gold project in Ontario.


The Vancouver-based company intersected 31.3 grams per ton (g/t) gold over 20.6 metres including 576 g/t over 1 metre at the LP Fault on the flagship project, which is the highest grade interval at the zone to date.


Drill hole BR-137 was completed in a 90 metre gap in drilling and intersected multiple mineralized intervals along 258.4 metres of core length, with mineralization present at surface.


"Drill hole BR-137 has intersected the highest grade, widest gold interval at the LP Fault to date,” CEO Chris Taylor told investors in a statement Thursday.


“More importantly, all adjacent drill holes, both vertically on the same section and laterally along strike, are also strongly mineralized over significant widths, suggesting excellent continuity of high-grade gold mineralization."


Earlier in the week Great Bear reported what was then the highest-grade interval from the LP Fault, a result of 30.5 grams per ton (g/t) gold over 12.4 metres, including 103.6 g/t gold over 1.1 metres within a broader interval of 15.5 g/t gold over 25.2 metres.


The Vancouver-based company is in the midst of a fully funded C$21 million exploration program at Dixie, which is located in the prolific mining region of Red Lake, Ontario. The company has completed 111 drill holes of a planned 300-hole program.


Other drill intercepts from the latest round of results include drill hole BR-138, which intersected the same mineralized zone around 50 to 75 metres vertically below BR-137. Assays include 33.8 g/t gold over 2.4 metres, including 100 g/t gold over 0.5 metres within a broader interval of 5.1 g/t gold over 26 metres. The total mineralized interval returned 3.5 g/t gold over 39 metres.


Further high grade gold was extended at depth on the adjacent drill section to the northwest, where drill hole BR-135 intersected 35.6 g/t gold over 2 metres within a broader interval of 5.2 g/t gold over 16.7 metres. Another drill hole intersected 24.2 g/t gold over 2.1 metres, which included 99.7 g/t gold over 0.5 metres within a broader interval of 3.4 g/t gold over 39 metres.


Around 185 drill holes remain as part of the company’s ongoing LP Fault drill program. More holes are planned for the Dixie Limb and Hinge zones.


Great Bear’s Dixie project is 100% owned and comprised of 9,140 hectares of contiguous claims that extend over 22 kilometres in Red Lake.


Shares added 5.9% to C$12.92 in Toronto


https://www.proactiveinvestors.com/companies/news/921724/great-bear-resources-intersects-another-record-high-grade-gold-interval-at-lp-fault-zone-on-its-dixie-project-921724.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHDYwNDFiZWVmMjA5MzEzZjE6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNHhzHvEvfqu2obV27fLlVW1EHadt

Back to Top

Base Metals

Copper says 'strong'

Back to Top

Huge Chinese mining deal as Zijin buys 50.1% of Tibet Julong Copper for $550 million

China’s Zijin Mining Group already has significant mining investment projects in 14 provinces (regions) domestically and 11 countries overseas including a list of large production mines like Fujian Zijinshan Gold and Copper Mine, Heilongjiang Duobaoshan Copper Mine, Porgera Gold Mine in Papua New Guinea, Kolwezi Copper and Cobalt Mine in the DRC, Bor Copper Mine in Serbia, Buriticá Gold Mine in Colombia and also some world-class super large-scale high-grade mines in construction such as the Kamoa Copper Mine in DRC and Timok Copper and Gold Mine in Serbia. Now it is upping the stakes again with a proposed RMB 3.88 billion (over $550 million) deal to buy 50.1% of Tibet Julong Copper in China’s Tibet region.


On June 6, 2020, Tibet Zijin, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company, entered into the Overall Equity Transfer Agreement with a number of major Julong shareholders namely Zangge Group, Zhongsheng Mining, Shenzhen Chenfang, Xiao Yongming and Julong Copper. On the same date, Tibet Zijin also entered into other two separate Equity Transfer Agreements with Zangge Holding and Huibaihong Industrial respectively.


Julong’s Qulong open pit mine is already on paper the largest single copper mine in China but the company also owns the Rongmucuola and Zhibula copper projects. Qulong and Zhibula Copper have mining permits while the Rongmucuola mine has completed detailed exploration and is currently applying for the mining permit. According to filed reserves reports, the three mines together have 7.9576 Mt of copper metal volume aggregated and 370,600 t of associated molybdenum. For power, 110 kV high-voltage, double-circuit transmission lines have been connected to the mining area, providing security of electricity supply for mining development. Qulong is the only major mine nearing full production with a permit for 30 Mt of ore per year from 2016 to 2037. Zhibula has an open pit mining and underground mining permit for 1.2 Mt/y but this expires in September 2020 and an extension has been sought. Its open pit mine has been basically completed and is under trial production.


Qulong has been in development to produce 100,000 t/d of ore (Phase 1) but with a planned expansion of Phase 1 operations to 150,000 t/d followed by a doubling to 300,000 t/d in Phase 2. To date the construction of the Qulong processing plant, long-distance conveyor belt project, tailings storage and supplemental construction were completed 65%, 50% and 90% respectively. As there was a temporary lack of funding, followed by COVID-19 the project construction has been delayed since the second half of 2019 but will now ramp back up under Zijin and the 100-150,000 t/d Phase 1 of the project will be completed and put into production by the end of 2021.


Phase 1 production will last for eight years. Some 847 Mt of ore will be mined at Cu 0.42%, Mo 0.022%. The average stripping ratio will be 0.26 t/t. After completion of Phase 1 construction, the annual production will be 165,000 t of copper and 6,200 t of molybdenum. Phase 2 construction will be based on a daily ore processing volume of 300,000 t, and additional facilities including two processing plant lines one each for 150,000 t and tailings storage will be constructed. Construction of phase 2 will commence 7-8 years after production commencement of Phase 1. A total of 3.01 billion tonnes of ores with Cu 0.36% and Mo 0.021% will be utilised and the stripping ratio will be 0.49 t/t. After completion of construction, the annual production will be 263,000 t of copper and 13,000 t of molybdenum.


Incorporated in December 2006, Julong Copper mainly engages in prospecting, development, construction, production and sales of the Qulong Copper and Polymetallic Mine in Maizhokunggar County, Lhasa City, Tibet. The mine is notable for many reasons not least that the mining takes place at 5,300 m plus, bringing major challenges for the workers and the equipment. Julong already has one of the most up to date mining fleets in China which is both internationally and domestically sourced including for electric rope shovels alone from Taiyuan Heavy (TYHI) three WK-12s, three WK-35s, one WK-45 and one huge WK-55 with a 110 t bucket capacity to load 220-363 t class trucks and having a 20.17 m boom.


The trucks at Qulong are mainly from China’s market leader Inner Mongolia North Hauler Joint Stock Co (NHL) in Baotou. They include 34 NTE260 electric drive trucks equipped with QSK60 Cummins engines and Siemens drives; with Siemens also having supplied the power for a long distance thyssenkrupp Industrial Solutions conveyor at the mine having 2 x 6,000 kW gearless drives generating 1,023 kNm of torque and giving a nominal speed of 56 rpm. thyssenkrupp also won the order to supply two sets of primary gyratory crushers. MTU also has Series 2000 engines on smaller 100 t class haul trucks from both XCMG and NHL at the mine (XCMG XDE110 and Terex TR100).


Metso is supplying a full scope of advanced minerals processing equipment and an advanced process control system to Julong including six crushers, eight SAG grinding mills, eight ball mills and eight stirred mills, four vertical plate pressure filters and 16 vibrating screens, as well as related services like installation, start-up, commissioning and technical direction.


https://im-mining.com/2020/06/08/huge-chinese-mining-deal-zijin-buys-50-1-tibet-julong-copper-550-million/

Back to Top

Primero Group lands contract addition at Rio Tinto’s Koodaideri project

Multi-disciplinary engineering and contracting firm, Primero Group, says it has been awarded a material contract extension to the existing Koodaideri Non-Process Infrastructure (NPI) contract awarded in late 2019 by Rio Tinto.


Under the extension, the company will construct the Koodaideri Airport Terminal and Infrastructure, with the contract valued at around A$20 million ($14 million). This will involve the construction delivery of the works to be completed in parallel with the existing contract programmed for completion in 2021.


The contract value of the entire NPI contract now stands at circa-A$150 million, compared with the A$115 million under the original award. The difference represents additional “options selections” that Rio confirmed and included for implementation at the project earlier this year.


Primero’s workforce on the project will peak at approximately 180 personnel and site construction work is well underway, the company noted.


Construction on Koodaideri Phase 1 started in 2019 with first production expected in late 2021. Once complete, the $2.6 billion mine will have an annual capacity of 43 Mt, underpinning production of the company’s flagship iron ore product, Pilbara Blend, Rio says.


With this recent NPI contract addition, Primero’s financial year 2021 contracted order book now stands at approximately A$220 million, the company said.


Primero Managing Director and CEO, Cameron Henry, said: “It is pleasing to be awarded further core NPI work from such a great project partner and Tier 1 client as Rio Tinto. We continue to deliver to plan across all major project works and are increasingly optimistic about the operating and growth outlook for the next year and beyond.”


https://im-mining.com/2020/06/09/primero-group-lands-contract-addition-rio-tintos-koodaideri-project/

Back to Top

Losses mount for New Caledonia's SLN

New Caledonia's loss-making SLN nickel company says $US75 million is left of the loan it had taken out after another year of losses.


Shareholders were told that last year losses amounted to just over $US90 million, with production falling below 50,000 tons for the first time in 34 years.


The nickel producer was hit by protracted industrial action and sabotage at its mining sites.


SLN, which is New Caledonia's largest private sector employer, was thrown a lifeline in 2016 when the French state and the SLN parent company Eramet saved it from collapse by giving it a loan worth almost $US600 million.


At the time, the plummeting nickel price caused daily losses of half a million.


Despite this year's rise in the nickel price, SLN said it needed to get the local government's approval to sell nickel ore to mainly China in order to continue with its rescue plan.


Pro-independence parties however are opposed to SLN's latest export bid after the company already had won the right to export four million tons of ore a year for 10 years.


They argue that the resources should be processed in New Caledonia to sustain local employment.


SLN also needs a new power plant for the smelter in Noumea which is due for a furnace upgrade.


https://www.rnz.co.nz/international/pacific-news/418590/losses-mount-for-new-caledonia-s-sln&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmY2OGQ0ZjMwZTc3MDEwMGY6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNEqU1mg21oPJ88CwLb_YRPp67lBN

Back to Top

Aluminium and zinc hit by inventory gains and demand uncertainty

LONDON — Aluminum and zinc prices retreated on Tuesday after inventories climbed, reminding investors that weak demand because of the coronavirus pandemic is likely to result in large surpluses.


Some other industrial metals also slipped into the red along with oil and European stock markets as investors worried that rallies in riskier assets have moved too quickly to price in a recovery after lockdowns that froze many economies.


We apologize, but this video has failed to load.


tap here to see other videos from our team. Try refreshing your browser, or Aluminium and zinc hit by inventory gains and demand uncertainty Back to video


But copper extended its rally, touching its highest in more than three months on hopes of economic recovery in top consumer China.


“I think caution is warranted. We need to see some of the macro indicators confirm the recent recovery in prices,” said independent metals consultant Robin Bhar.


“We’re coming into the summer months, so I’d be surprised to see prices carry on rallying from here.”


Benchmark aluminum on the London Metal Exchange (LME) retreated after making early gains and was almost flat at $1,604.50 a tonne at 1600 GMT. It has rallied nearly 10% over the past 3-1/2 weeks, touching its highest since March 20 on Monday.


https://leaderpost.com/pmn/business-pmn/aluminium-and-zinc-hit-by-inventory-gains-and-demand-uncertainty-2/wcm/46a6d931-f1bc-4c99-8dc2-6985e336e98a/&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmI4NmU0YTRhNWE3Mzg3ZTk6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGsR2BoW9IyuOn5rchLqmkYgxP0M

Back to Top

ABB mill drives & control systems chosen by Zijin for Serbia copper mine modernisation

ABB has entered into an agreement with Zijin Mining Group to install its state-of-the-art ring-geared mill drives and control systems at Veliki Krivelj Copper Mine – a surface mining operation with an annual ore processing capacity of 2.5 Mt Veliki Krivelj, located in Borski, Serbia, was acquired by Zijin Mining Group in 2018 as part of a deal with Serbia’s Bor Copper Mine, which included three open-pit mines (Majdanpek, Veliki Krivelj and New Cerovo), the Jama underground mine and a smelter. These all now come under Zijin Bor Copper Co Ltd.


The $350 million investment is one of China’s largest investments in Serbia to date. Zijin Mining Group expects to invest EUR 200 million to transform and expand the existing production capacity of Serbia’s Bor copper mine and smelter.


As part of the modernisation project, ABB will provide ring-geared mill drives and intelligent control systems for one SAG mill (2 x 6.5 MW) and one ball mill (2 x 7.5 MW), including electric control systems, drives, motors, transformers and end-to-end services which will increase productivity, reduce downtime and boost energy efficiency.


ABB’s solution provides dual pinion mill drives, frozen charge detection, controlled roll back, automatic positioning, variable speed and cascade monitoring functionalities. The dual pinion mill drive is a variable speed technology which will effect low mechanical stress impact on the pinion and ring gear by realising precise load sharing between the two motors of each mill.


“ABB’s mill solutions reduce energy consumption, reduce mechanical stress, improve the service life of equipment, and boost operational performance,” remarked Stephen Zhu, lead of ABB Mining, Aluminum and Cement in North Asia and China.


ABB has worked with Zijin Mining since 2018 providing strategic consultancy, project expertise and drawing on ABB’s track record in supplying total integrated solutions to the mining industry across electrification, automation, digital, drives and motors and infrastructure. In 2019, ABB supported Zijin on both the phase III technological upgrading project of Xinjiang Zijin Zinc Industry Co Ltd and the Majdanpek (MS) copper mine in Serbia.


Haibo Jing, Head of ABB Process Industries, North Asia and China said: “We are glad to be working with Zijin Mining on the Veliki Krivelj copper mine project and to be bringing our technology to further support the success of the company in their ‘Belt and Road Initiative.'”


https://im-mining.com/2020/06/10/abb-mills-control-systems-chosen-zijin-serbia-copper-mine-modernisation/

Back to Top

Power price shuffle means fairer prices, lower emissions - Electricity Authority

Power consumers in Southland, the lower North Island, and some big industrial users stand to benefit the most from proposed changes to transmission costs.


The Electricity Authority plans to make user-pays the basis of pricing power distribution, putting the cost of upgrades on to consumers who gain the most benefit.


Consumers in Southand might save as much as $80 a year, while users in the central North Island and parts of the South Island might see their bills rise by up to $40 a year.


Authority chair James Stevenson-Wallace said the new approach, which had been on the drawing board for more than a decade, would lead to fairer prices, better investment decisions, and encourage renewable energy projects to reduce carbon emissions.


He said the current system unfairly spread the cost of the national grid across all consumers around the country.


"The current transmission pricing methodology is based on a peak charge which is often too high. Some consumers end up paying a premium when power is most valuable to them - even when there is plenty of transmission capacity available," Stevenson-Wallace said.


"This creates perverse results - you've got customers investing in alternative generation, including diesel generators, just to avoid using the grid at peak times despite there being plenty of supply. This behaviour just shifts costs to others and in some cases increases carbon emissions."


The authority said the average rise or fall in retail power bills would be about $19 a year, and there would be a cap on price moves to limit their effect. The changes would come into effect in April 2023.


Lifeline for aluminium smelter?


The new pricing system would offer the chance of some relief for the Tiwai aluminium smelter at Bluff, which has long complained that crippling transmission costs have undermined its financial viability.


The Electricity Authority said there would be a new prudent discount policy, which would allow the national grid operator, Transpower, to cut transmission prices to businesses not gaining any benefit from system upgrades or which might be forced to close and quit the country.


The smelter, which employs more than 800 people, has long complained that it pays too much for transmission, estimating the extra cost at around $200 million over a decade.


The majority owner of Tiwai Point, Rio Tinto, is still doing a strategic review, which was supposed to be finished by the end of March. A spokesperson for the company last week was unable to say when it would be finished.


Power suppliers Meridian and Contact are understood to have offered further price cuts to try to induce the smelter to stay.


Stevenson-Wallace said the new pricing method would also encourage better investment decisions on new renewable generation, which would help the move to a low carbon economy.


Meanwhile, a group of disaffected lines companies and big power users has been quick damn the authority's plan and called on the government to stop it.


The Transmission Pricing Group (TPM) said the move to push through such major changes would hurt vulnerable households and businesses.


It said the authority had not listened to objectors and alternate analysis and the government needed to force the authority to reconsider, especially the impact on local communities facing energy poverty.


TPM said with such uncertainty about the economy and the future of major users such as the Tiwai Point aluminium smelter, now was not the time to push through major changes to the energy sector.


"We are facing a once-in-a-generation economic crisis. It beggars belief the authority would choose now to make these changes, when so many households and businesses are facing such uncertainty.


"Progressing with reforms that separate New Zealanders into winners and losers, without materially benefiting the country overall, cannot be justified," it said.


The group includes generator/retailer Trustpower, several lines companies, including Auckland's Vector, and big paper makers Norske Skog and Oji Fibre.


https://www.rnz.co.nz/news/business/418693/power-price-shuffle-means-fairer-prices-lower-emissions-electricity-authority&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjU3YmM5ZDYyY2E0NzBlYzQ6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNFSaIIDph4kklWoB0n0TpJiKtoWA

Back to Top

Copper’s Raging Bull Needs More Than China


(Bloomberg Opinion) -- Copper has been on a steady upward trend, charging into a bull market and toward $6,000 per metric ton. That’s going to be tough to sustain. China’s stimulus efforts are being felt most strongly in infrastructure and construction. They have been less marked in other metal-intensive corners of the market: consumer goods and exports, which are still waiting for Europe and the U.S. to rally.


Meanwhile, disruptions to supply from Latin America’s unfolding coronavirus disaster haven’t been enough yet to offset annualized demand loss. What happens next will be determined by whether Chile, Peru and producers like Indonesia, home to the world’s second-largest copper mine, can do better at controlling the epidemic than resource-rich Brazil.


An economic bellwether, copper crumpled earlier this year as the scale of the pandemic became clear, falling by late March to its lowest levels since late 2016. The metal has clawed most of that back and with no large market surpluses in sight, Goldman Sachs Group Inc. is among brokers that have raised price forecasts. The comeback has been largely driven by China, which consumes half the world’s copper and has been steadily eating through stockpiles as industrial production restarts and building resumes. There’s plenty of encouraging evidence: Inventories, after soaring when the pandemic began, have tumbled back. Cancelled warrants, which represent metal earmarked for delivery and so suggest appetite for the physical commodity, have shot up since late May.


Hiccups in mine activity are lending support. Shipments from Peru, which has seen perhaps the longest lockdown among top producers, are down by almost a fifth so far this year, according to UBS Group AG. Add in Covid- and price-related closures, project slowdowns and cuts to spending budgets, and the combination is telegraphing tight supply. Enthusiasm is visible among previously bearish money managers, who are turning bullish and adding to long positions.


Is all of that enough to keep copper running high? Not necessarily. While consultancy Wood Mackenzie Ltd. estimates 2020 refined production will be down more than 1%, it expects refined consumption to contract by over 3%.


The shape of China’s stimulus and recovery offers one reason for caution, as the effects of pent-up demand begin to fade. Take grid spending, usually a major driver of copper demand: After a contraction at the start of the year, investment has increased and the budget is expected to expand from a year earlier. Yet the emphasis is on ultra-high voltage electricity lines to cover long distances, which tend to use lighter aluminum. Production of consumer appliances like air conditioners is also still under pressure. Though better property and auto sales figures are encouraging, there was no significant real estate stimulus out of the recent National People’s Congress meeting. And measures to support the electric vehicle sector and its charging infrastructure may not be enough.


More worrying is the weakness in the China’s exports, as seen in the May manufacturing purchasing managers’ index. About 30% of China’s apparent consumption of refined copper is actually exported, according to Cru Group, so extended lockdowns in India and elsewhere matter.


It would be foolish to underestimate China’s ability to throw money at the problem. Still, the bigger unknown for the coming weeks is how the coronavirus spreads in copper’s biggest producers. Peru has already seen exports drop but so far Chile, which accounts for about a third of global production, has continued to operate largely unscathed. That was easier when there were fewer cases in the wider population, but now the country is in the grip of a significant outbreak.


Brazil, now with the second-highest case number in the world after the U.S., offers a cautionary tale. With case rates rising at and near mines, iron ore producer Vale SA has already been forced to suspend work at one complex, Itabira, and concerns are growing about the country’s north. Near its Carajas operations there, the local town of Parauapebas has 5,734 cases for a population of roughly 200,000.


Indonesia is another worry, says Nick Pickens, copper research director at Wood Mackenzie, given the importance of the Freeport-McMoRan Inc.-operated Grasberg mine to additional supply into 2021. Reuters reported last month that the mine was now working with a skeletal team after a rise in coronavirus infections in the area, including in workers’ living quarters. 

That would add uncertainty further out, not least given the degree to which miners have cut capital expenditure, discretionary spending and care and maintenance, as Cru principal analyst Craig Lang points out. That leaves them less prepared if something goes wrong, and increases the risk of disruption. For now, though, it may take more to feed the bull run.

This column does not necessarily reflect the opinion of the editorial board or Bloomberg LP and its owners.

Clara Ferreira Marques is a Bloomberg Opinion columnist covering commodities and environmental, social and governance issues. Previously, she was an associate editor for Reuters Breakingviews, and editor and correspondent for Reuters in Singapore, India, the U.K., Italy and Russia.


https://finance.yahoo.com/news/copper-raging-bull-needs-more-054844656.html

Back to Top

Australian firm Metals X sign exploration deal with IGO

Minerals and metals exploration and development firm Metals X has signed a binding farm-in and joint venture (JV) term sheet with metals miner IGO over its Paterson exploration project in Western Australia.


The tenement area comprises an area of 2,394km2 but does not include Metals X’s Nifty or Maroochydore copper projects.


Metals X CEO Mike Spreadborough said: “IGO is a highly-regarded, successful and experienced exploration and mining company and this Term Sheet delivers a significant exploration commitment on our substantial and exciting tenement holdings in the Paterson Province.


“Importantly, Metals X will retain full control of the Nifty Copper Operation and its established infrastructure plus the Maroochydore Copper Project which collectively host over one million tonnes of in-ground copper metal.”


IGO will fund A$32m ($22.3m) in exploration activities at Paterson for over 6.5 years, earning a 70% interest in Paterson exploration project through the JV.


Upon earning the 70% interest, the two companies would form a JV, with Metals X to be free carried until the completion of a pre-feasibility study on any new mineral discovery.


IGO managing director and CEO Peter Bradford said: “IGO has recognised the exploration potential of the Paterson Province for some time. The Joint Venture with Metals X over 2,400km2 of highly prospective ground further consolidates IGO’s presence in this highly endowed, yet under-explored province”. Find helpful quantitative question examples to help you with your survey building. Please take my survey now


In November last year, Metals X decided to suspend mining activities at Nifty mine. This move came after the completion of a review of Nifty Copper Operations as the mine continued to perform below expectations.


https://www.mining-technology.com/news/metals-x-exploration-deal-igo/

Back to Top

Coronavirus company news summary – Chilean mine workers threaten walkout – Brazil expands Vale probe – Coal sees demand resurgence

Unionised workers at Chile’s state-run copper miner Codelco are threatening to halt work at some sites in order to implement a self-imposed quarantine after a union member died from Covid-19. According to the Federation of Copper Workers (FTC), there had been “alarming” numbers of coronavirus infections at several of the mines in the country and measures to contain its spread are insufficient. FTC was quoted by Reuters as saying in a statement that if it is necessary to halt work in those areas until sanitary conditions are adequate to protect mine workers, they are ready to do so.


Brazilian prosecutors have expanded a probe into efforts by Vale to protect workers from the Covid-19 pandemic. Reuters reported that the office that enforces labor laws in the Para state of Brazil has stepped up an investigation into potential shortcomings in Vale’s efforts. The federal labor prosecutor’s office (MPT) has an internal working group known as the GEAF in place to monitor the company’s iron ore operations in the Carajas region. MPT said in a statement that it was expanding GEAF’s remit to help gauge the measures implemented by the company to contain the spread of Covid-19 among workers.


Demand for coal in India, China and across Asia is increasing and expected to continue growing after being tripped by the Covid-19 pandemic. The US coal industry has been the sector hit hardest, Bloomberg reported. Due to a fall in power demand, utilities in the country closed coal plants first, crimping its domestic consumption. While exports have propped up miners’ earnings in past years, declining prices across the globe have made international shipments more profitable.


Fura Gems has cancelled the inaugural Colombian emerald auction due to travel restrictions and current market conditions resulting from the Covid-19. The emerald auction was initially scheduled in Antwerp, Belgium. The company noted that it will continue to monitor market conditions to determine the appropriate time to hold the auction.


https://www.mining-technology.com/uncategorised/coronavirus-company-news-summary-chilean-mine-workers-threaten-walkout-brazil-expands-vale-probe-coal-sees-demand-resurgence/

Back to Top

Zijin Mining to commission China’s largest copper mine by end-2021

SHANGHAI, Jun 11 (SMM) – Zijin Mining will “unswervingly” push for the commissioning of Qulong copper mine, the largest in China, at the end of 2021, said Chen Jinghe, Chairman of the Chinese mining behemoth.


The Qulong mine is located in southwest China’s Tibet and owned by Tibet Julong Copper, which is likely to be taken over by Zijin Mining.


Zijin Mining said Sunday it will acquire a 50.1% share in the Tibet-based mining firm for 3.88 billion yuan ($547.7 million), which is expected to further cement its position as a copper giant and ease the risks brought on by mining operations overseas to its overall revenues.


This move came after the mining behemoth had a major setback in its Papua New Guinea (PNG) gold mining operations.


Qulong deposit will be exploited via large-scale open-pit mining, and the construction will be carried out in two phases. With investment of 14.6 billion yuan, the phase 1 is expected to come online at the end of next year, which will be able to produce 165,000 mt of copper and 6,200 mt of molybdenum per year.


In addition to Qulong, Tibet Julong also owns Zhibula and Rongmucuola projects.


Zijin Mining, meanwhile, is making rapid progress at the Kamoa-Kakula copper mining complex in DR Congo. Construction of the project is expected to be completed in 2021, and the initial phase will be able to process 6 million mt of ore per year at Kakula. The project is expected to produce 382,000 mt of copper per year on average in the first decade, and will ramp up to 740,000 mt in the 12th year.


By 2022, Zijin Mining’s copper mine output is expected to reach 670,000-740,000 mt, making the top 10 across the globe.


https://news.metal.com/newscontent/101155944/zijin-mining-to-commission-china%25E2%2580%2599s-largest-copper-mine-by-end-2021&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjI4NDljYjU0Y2I1ODExN2E6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGfVz9OchKZJp-dMSzrCCpBZS2_4

Back to Top

Tharisa PLC now operating chrome and PGM mines at full capacity, and enjoying renewed commodity price strength

Tharisa has a plenty of expertise in chrome and PGM production


No one could doubt that the world now is a very different place to the world as it seemed at the beginning of this year. Coronavirus has come and wreaked havoc on the health and wellbeing of millions around the world, and disrupted markets and income streams everywhere.


In one or two serendipitous cases however, the outcomes haven’t been all bad. There’s the online delivery and tech sectors, for a start. There’s the international iron ore mining industry, in which prices have held up as supply from Brazil has collapsed even as demand from China remains strong.


And there’s the chrome market, which has undergone a sharp reversal of fortune since the beginning of the year, as Chinese stimulus money has impacted the market.


“The recovery of the Chinese economy has spurred demand for chrome,” says Phoevos Pouroulis, the chief executive of ( ), a major producer with operations in South Africa.


“Metallurgical chrome was under pressure at the beginning of the year, but with the stimulus packages from China demand is opening up again.”


Demand is primarily for the use of chrome in stainless steel production, and stainless steel in turn is used in infrastructure and construction, two sectors which the Chinese are keen to boost to support the economic recovery there.


That in itself is all to the good. But there are other factors aiding Tharisa too. Other producers of chrome still remain hamstrung by the coronavirus crisis, meaning that supply is still significantly curtailed.


South Africa accounts for a significant portion of global chrome supply, but because many mines are underground where social distancing is near impossible, production was disrupted during the lockdown and ramping back up to full production is proving to be more difficult.


Tharisa’s operations on the other hand are unequivocally open cast.


So, from the very first announcement of lockdown in South Africa, Tharisa was able to apply for and be granted a dispensation to continue with production. Not at full tilt, mind, but at a robust enough rate to allow Pouroulis to be confident about the second half of the year.


Because the uncertainties around coronavirus are still swirling Tharisa, in common with many companies across many sectors, is reluctant to give formal forecasts at the moment as to production and revenue rates.


But suffice it to say that the chrome price has risen from the US$113 per tonne that it was trading at at the beginning of the year to the current levels of between US$165 and US$170 per tonne.


“The stainless steel market signals and indicators are there for demand,” continues Pouroulis.


“What happens next really depends on the supply side. But operationally we’re doing well. The effort we’ve made in optimising our open pit and processing plants are paying dividends, and we’re now operating at full capacity.”


Yes, some production will have been lost by the enforced go-slow, but on the other hand significantly higher margins will make up for much of that lost output. There are also benefits to be accrued from the weaker rand. The uncertainty that remains is more to do with how much ground will be recovered, than whether Tharisa is going to come out of the coronavirus crisis leaner and more efficient.


“We’re feeling very positive about how things are operating,” adds Pouroulis. “Relatively speaking, things are in good shape. And people are grateful. Our workforce are grateful, and we’re grateful.”


Indeed, there is much to be grateful for. Only one case of coronavirus has thus far afflicted the Tharisa team, and this was right at the beginning of the crisis. The worker in question has now recovered and those she came into contact with have not contracted the illness.


Meanwhile, operations continue in a wider Southern African context where underground mines remain partially shut, and economic uncertainty abounds, as it does in many countries of the world.


But Tharisa has more than one string to its bow. There’s also significant platinum group metals production from the South African mine and, although the PGM price has weakened somewhat of late as autocatalyst demand has fallen, it’s still relatively high and at a level that Pouroulis is happy with.


What’s more, the company also has expansion to look forward to in the shape of its Zimbabwe chrome operations. Moving into Zimbabwe is described by Pouroulis as “a very important step”, and it shows, if nothing else, that the company remains proactive at a time when many peers are hunkering down.


Much of the proof of this optimistic pudding will be in the third quarter results which are likely to be the next major news item from the company. Whatever happens, they’ll be worth a read.


https://www.proactiveinvestors.co.uk/companies/news/921698/tharisa-plc-now-operating-chrome-and-pgm-mines-at-full-capacity-and-enjoying-renewed-commodity-price-strength-921698.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmM4M2EyMmUwMWZlNTViZGM6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNELCKetMkp1ZWFyGE44W3N6rqg7o

Back to Top

China Aluminium Processing Summit 2020: Substitution of recycled aluminium for primary metal is constant in long term

SHANGHAI, Jun 11 (SMM) – The substitution of recycled aluminium for primary metal is “constant in the long term”, given the advantages of recycling in costs and environmentally-friendliness, said Racket Hu, vice president of SMM.


Speaking at the 15th China International Aluminium Processing Industry Summit in Yantai, Shandong province on June 11, Hu expects China’s demand for aluminium scrap to recover in the next decade after taking a hit from the government’s policy changes to imports and the COVID-19 pandemic.


Hu’s prediction came as Chinese aluminium users trim usage of aluminium scrap and switch to primary metal, due to shortages of scrap and sharply lower aluminium prices on the back of coronavirus lockdown restrictions ex-China put in place in late March.


Secondary aluminium casting plants increased their usage of primary aluminium to a ratio of 20% from the previous 2%, boosting consumption of primary aluminium by about 22,000 mt per week. Plants stopped doing so in late April, as external demand losses caused by the pandemic and slow domestic demand recovery pulled prices of secondary alloy ADC12 lower, narrowing the premiums over A00 aluminium to levels that are too low to support such a high consumption of primary metal.


In the extrusion sector, aluminium scrap was replaced by primary metal in the production of billets in April due to scrap supply shortfalls. That, coupled with higher processing fees and a significant improvement in the demand for construction extrusions, bolstered consumption of primary aluminium in billet by 200,000 mt for the month and by nearly 50,000 per week.


Hu expects alloy casting plants to remain the major consumer of aluminium scrap in 2021-2030, but its proportion will fall as scrap is gaining popularity in the production of billets and as producers of sheets/plates and even wire/cables and foil will also try to use scrap following technical advances.


Recycled aluminium accounted for 15% of China’s total aluminium consumption in 2019


While China has become the world’s largest producer of recycled aluminium, its recycling industry has yet to achieve dominance over consumption. In 2019, recycled aluminium accounted for about 15% of China’s total aluminium consumption, much lower than the ratios of more than 70% in the US and Japan.


Energy consumption of secondary aluminium is just 5% of that of primary metal


Production of secondary aluminium consumes 3-5% of the energy needed to produce primary metal, which means that the emission of carbon dioxide will be reduced by 0.8 mt and the usage of water will be cut by more than 10t for producing one mt of secondary aluminium.


The production of secondary aluminium also generate fewer solid and liquid wastes and slags.


https://news.metal.com/newscontent/101156471/china-aluminium-processing-summit-2020-substitution-of-recycled-aluminium-for-primary-metal-is-constant-in-long-term&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHGI5NzRkOTUwMzk1NGM1NmE6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNFpvNT3IPNh06tF5EP82I1mHy0ne

Back to Top

How mining is helping to shape the Cleantech Sector

The mining industry has a bad reputation when it comes to the environment. Mines can be invasive to natural ecosystems, and regulations overseeing their revitalization have only recently come into effect in some areas.


But things are changing. The Mining Association of Canada responded to the global call for sustainability and environmental protection by establishing the Towards Sustainable Mining initiative. Now, companies are working to make mining less destructive by focusing on the sustainable resourcing of raw materials.


It’s easy for consumers to discredit mining as harmful, but they might not realize that it’s indispensable for the development of the clean technology sector. By supplying key materials (such as lithium for electric vehicle batteries, uranium for nuclear energy, and iron and neodymium for wind turbines) and adopting more sustainable practices, segments of the mining industry are evolving to meet current global perspectives on how we should use and access resources.


Efficient lithium mining


One sector of cleantech making considerable headway is the electric vehicle market. The global fleet of EVs grew from 3.1 to 5.1 million in a year; and by 2030, that number could reach 125 million. When we consider Amazon’s (NASDAQ: AMZN) recent order of 100,000 electric delivery trucks, that doesn’t feel unreachable.


On average, traditional gas-powered cars generate twice as much carbon pollution as EVs. But the sticking point manufacturers have been slow to address is the ecological footprint of lithium-ion batteries. The conventional process for mining lithium can take up to two years, requires destructive chemicals, and depletes water supplies.


Small-cap companies in the space are creating sustainable extraction methods. Lilac Solutions, for instance, is focused on creating a lithium supply chain that’s secure, scalable, and sustainable. Its founder and CEO, Dave Snydacker, says the goal is to reduce water use by 90%, increase the recovery rate by 30%, and shorten the extraction time from years to days. Initiatives like these will have the dual benefits of reducing the cost of production while being less harmful to the environment.


Safer uranium production


Although nuclear energy has a reputation for being dangerous, it accounts for almost 20% of United States power consumption. Because this process produces energy via nuclear fission, it’s arguably one of the cleanest energy sources available. Unfortunately, conventional uranium mining techniques are ecologically problematic.


The current approaches to mining uranium — open-pit and underground — produce radioactive waste and risk exposing workers to toxic materials. Emerging initiatives in the space focus on making the industry more sustainable. For example, extracting uranium from seawater is an eco-friendlier solution. This is a relatively simple approach, but the low cost of mining ore has so far prevented it from becoming commercially viable.


Safer waste storage


Wind energy is the poster child for the clean energy movement, but most consumers have no idea how many raw materials go into manufacturing them. Their generators require strong magnets made from iron, boron, and neodymium. Processing materials such as these creates waste in the form of slurries, which are stored in tailings dams. These must be well-maintained; otherwise, they risk causing heavy water pollution — which we saw after the collapse of Brazil’s Brumadinho dam in early 2019.


“Dry stacking” is a safer method of storing waste that’s being adopted by copper-nickel miner Twin Metals Minnesota. This method involves removing moisture from the waste and incorporating it into a sandy mixture that’s covered by earth and vegetation, virtually eliminating the possibility of groundwater contamination.


E-waste recycling and recovery


Innovations in waste storage ultimately make resource extraction safer and more efficient, but finding ways to recover those materials before they enter the waste stream is the other half of the equation. E-waste recycling reduces the demand for virgin metal and keeps hazardous materials out of waste streams.


The world currently produces 50 million metric tons of e-waste per year — but only 20% of it is ever recycled. This is a missed opportunity, as a significant portion of materials in batteries and other hardware is reusable. Ronin8 understands this well. The Canada-based company is capturing critical metals from electronic waste without destroying the nonmetal components. Its vision is to make the electronics industry a circular economy in which our resources aren’t finite.


The continued growth of the cleantech sector offers a wealth of opportunities for mining companies that procure in-demand raw materials. Lithium-ion batteries are paving the way, with a global market expected to reach $106.5 million by 2024. That impacts the supply of not only lithium, but also other battery materials that are used to store energy effectively. Cathode technology is always being refined, but the demand for these materials isn’t going anywhere.


Advancements in nuclear power will also mean an increase in uranium mining. NuScale Power’s small modular reactors just passed the first stage of approval by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, and the company already has Utah Associated Municipal Power Systems lined up to build a 12-module plant. Small modular reactors like these could signal a huge uptick in nuclear power worldwide.


The cleantech sector relies on the mining industry for key materials. In this role, mining companies continue to adopt ESG practices dedicated to improving the social and environmental infrastructure in the regions where they operate, and they’re keeping themselves accountable with reporting. These and other initiatives are reshaping the broader perception of the mining industry and how it fits into a socially conscious future.


https://born2invest.com/articles/mining-helping-shape-cleantech-sector/&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmZjYWJhMmY1Njc5ZTIxZTk6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGC4P6dkLNiCYJpo-pccSbH8IcwO

Back to Top

Iron Ore

Vale closes Itabara

Global iron ore prices surged by nearly 5% on Monday after news that Vale, the big Brazilian miner, had been forced to shut three mines in its southern mining complex because of COVID-19 infections were spreading.

Metal Bulletin data said the price of 62% Fe fines shipped to northern China jumped $US4.93 to $US105.67, the highest the price has been since last August.

Back to Top

Coal

Edenville Energy soars as it inks Tanzanian coal mining deal

A look at some of the major movers in London on Monday


Edenville Energy PLC (LON:EDL) saw its shares surge 31.8% to 0.06p in late-afternoon as the group announced that it had signed a coal mining agreement with Infrastructure and Logistics Tanzania in connection to its Rukwa coal project in the southwest of the country.


The company said the deal will run for an initial term of fours years and will be automatically renewed for another four unless terminated by either party.


Edenville added that it had raised £500,000 through the issue of 1.25mln new shares at a price of 0.04p each to boost its cash balance and working capital.



10.45am: TP Group buoyed by oxygen-from-water system trial results


TP Group PLC (LON:TPG) was on a high, up 19% at 6.05p after it announced the first production of oxygen from a new modular system.


The group's engineers at the Portsmouth technology centre have completed the first phase of the project by commissioning a single modular system that produced both oxygen and hydrogen at ultra-high purity levels.


TP Group, which delivers complex equipment, software and services for mission-critical operations, said the system produced five normal cubic metres of oxygen from just 10 litres of water each hour over a ten-hour test period.


10.00am: ITM Power shares hit by delay to Bessemer Park fit-out


ITM Power (LON:ITM) shares recovered from a weak start to trader 8% lower at 329p after a trading update.


The shares fell to 265p at one point this morning after the company said the coronavirus pandemic had caused a delay to the fit-out of its Bessemer Park facility; the programme is now expected to complete in the fourth quarter of this year.


The energy storage and clean fuel company boasted of a record backlog of £52.4ln, comprising £21.8mln under contract and £30.6mln in negotiation.


https://www.proactiveinvestors.co.uk/companies/news/921330/edenville-energy-soars-as-it-inks-tanzanian-coal-mining-deal-921330.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjBlMDRkYTQxNmY2YWRlMjY6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNEQeWnGHJJGqnWMsdRceJuy2ZoLB

Back to Top

Thermal coal imports at major ports decline 36% to 12.3 MT in April-May: IPA - Orissa Post

New Delhi: Amid the coronavirus pandemic, thermal coal imports at India's major ports saw a 35.94 per cent decline to 12.29 million tonne (MT) in the first two months of the current financial year. This information was given by the Indian Ports' Association (IPA). Coking coal imports witnessed a dip of 24.05 per cent to 7.47 MT in April and May this year. The ports had handled 19.19 MT of thermal coal and 9.84 MT of coking coal, respectively, in the April-May period of the previous financial year.


The IPA, which maintains cargo data handled by these ports, in its latest report said 'percentage variation from the previous year' in thermal coal handling was at 35.94 per cent and 24.05 per cent in coking coal.


Thermal coal is the mainstay of India's energy programme as 70 per cent of power generation is dependent on the dry fuel, while coking coal is used mainly for steel making.


India is the third-largest producer of coal after China and the United States (US) and has 299 billion tonne of resources and 123 billion tonne of proven reserves, which may last for over 100 years.


India has 12 major ports. They are Kandla, Mumbai, JNPT, Mormugao, New Mangalore, Cochin, Chennai, Kamarajar (Ennore), V.O. Chidambaranar, Visakhapatnam, Paradip and Kolkata (including Haldia). These ports handle about 61 per cent of the India's total cargo traffic. The 12 ports had handled 705MT of cargo in the last financial year.


These ports, where operations have been hit due to the coronavirus pandemic, recorded a 22 per cent decline in cargo handling to 92.82 MT during the first two months of the current financial year. These ports had together handled 119.23 MT of cargo during April-May period of 2018-19.


Ports like Chennai, Cochin and Kamarajar saw their cargo volumes nosedive over 40 per cent, while Kolkata and JNPT suffered a drop of over 30 per cent during April-May.


https://m.dailyhunt.in/news/india/english/orissa%2Bpost-epaper-orisapos/thermal%2Bcoal%2Bimports%2Bat%2Bmajor%2Bports%2Bdecline%2B36%2Bto%2B12%2B3%2Bmt%2Bin%2Bapril%2Bmay%2Bipa-newsid-n190387062&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjc4YzcxMDA3MjAzOTRjMmU6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGbWoaJ2qtSrHyfcA9g0itBQo2_v

Back to Top

Steel, Iron Ore and Coal

There is a crisis in the coal industry

The headwinds against the coal industry both domestically and internationally have been evident for some time. Drying up financing for new thermal power plants, private sector announcements of exiting the business, and declining plant load factors have been stoking pessimism about the future of the industry. Despite this, there was hope that the production triumphalism around coal would be accompanied by forward-looking policy measures which would focus on productivity, moderating coal’s considerable externalities, and some form of local equity. The recent policy announcements of the Government of India regarding the industry are evidence that these dreams will remain an unfulfilled fiction.


The first nail in the coffin was the announcement to do away with mandatory coal washing. In theory, a process like coal washing was supposed to be good for everyone; thermal power plants would have fewer operational problems due to poor coal quality, combustion of washed coal would be better from an emissions and local air pollution perspective, and the unnecessary transport of large amounts of ash and non-combustible material would be minimised. In practice, most consumers of washed coal (both in steel and power) have regretted their decision; they were usually delivered a substandard product for which they had paid a premium. Not surprisingly, much of domestic coking coal today tends to be used for power generation as steel companies prefer to import their coking coal than rely on domestic products. The dream of Indian coal washing had morphed into a nightmare, and the environment ministry’s notification was a delayed acceptance of the ground reality.


The second nail in the coffin has been the failure of India’s coal mine auction mechanism. In the last five years, aggregate production from auctioned mines has remained less than the heights of captive coal mining prior to the Supreme Court’s de-allocation decision in 2014. Bringing auctioned mines into production is a three to five-year process, and it is unlikely that the current commercial coal mining regime will ever rival Coal India’s established production base. Despite the repeated energetic announcements of introducing competition in the coal industry, the majority of domestic power consumers will continue to remain dependent on Coal India. Very few companies (public sector or private) have been able to match Coal India’s ability to navigate the complicated bureaucratic and political hurdles associated with opening new coal mines. Despite all the revisions announced in the stimulus package, new coal mine auctions are unlikely to attract significant domestic or international interest except from the few large players who already exist in the sector domestically. International companies, which have avoided India’s coal industry so far because of regulatory and reputational issues, have zero incentive to take new risks in the coronavirus disease (Covid-19) world. Smaller Indian companies simply do not have access to credit or cash on hand to open new mines.


The third nail in the coffin has been the deliberate weakening of Coal India’s financial position. In addition to the usual royalty payments, cesses, taxes, and other fiscal contributions reasonably expected of Coal India, there has been a concerted effort to extract cash from the organisation. Between inflated dividend payments, unnecessary share buybacks, and questionably useful corporate social responsibility contributions, Coal India has transferred tens of thousands of crore to the central government in various ways. Coal India’s cash could have been used to further diversify the company, reinvest in new operations, promote research and development for alternative uses of coal (like the coal gasification mentioned in the stimulus package). Coal India could have been strategically repurposed as a vehicle of industrial investment to help coal-bearing regions (where it has operated for 50 years) diversify their economies. Instead, it appears to have become a victim of a larger strategy to weaken the Indian public sector. Not surprisingly, Coal India’s market capitalisation is less than a third of what it was in 2014.


The fourth and final nail in the coffin has been the spectacular rise of the mine development operator (MDO) mode of mining. Subcontracting of mine operations has been a major feature of the coal industry for more than two decades now. It has also brought considerable financial and operational efficiencies to Coal India. But as the demise of coal mine operator EMTA showed, the MDO model remains rife with problems related to transparency, undue transfer of gains to private entities and a general deterioration of social contract in mining regions. In fact, the retreat of Coal India from the front lines and the increasing use of various forms of subcontracting has led to a much harsher face of mining in India today. The MDO model also creates an incentive mismatch; why would a large mining company take the risks of buying a mine if they could make good money subcontracting for coal block owning public sector units instead?


To be clear, the status of coal as India’s energy incumbent in the power sector will not be evaporating any time soon; this will be a decades-long process. But with the coffin nailed tightly shut, it may not be reasonable to have any new dreams about India’s coal industry. We might just have to settle for decades of stagnation until its ultimate decline.


https://www.hindustantimes.com/analysis/there-is-a-crisis-in-the-coal-industry-opinion/story-YaUpVPBx8o0cUVADnf9H1O.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjBlMDRkYTQxNmY2YWRlMjY6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNG_NrD9DuReSA6JB3pcPspe-4Xpc

Back to Top

Surging renewables, COVID-19 pile more pressure on coal

UBS utilities analyst Tom Allen said the coronavirus crisis was exacerbating the impact of rising renewables on coal power plants as low demand and low power prices forced them to scale back their output where possible. Loading "COVID-19 is accelerating and exacerbating the impact of lower demand on wholesale electricity prices," Mr Allen said. "If you look through that, it supports the case for early closure of coal-fired power plants." Due to their lack of ability to ramp up and down, as well as aggressive state-based renewable energy targets, Mr Allen said Victoria's Yallourn coal-fired power plant and Queensland's Gladstone plant were at the greatest risk of closing sooner than expected, as early as 2025. Schneider Electric energy markets director Lisa Zembrodt said renewable energy output would "continue to squeeze out coal- and gas-fired generation".


"The variable cost to harness the sun or wind to produce electricity is a fraction of the cost to burn coal or gas to do the same," she said. "That's why growing renewable output puts pressure on the average wholesale electricity price." Loading Ms Zembrodt was telling clients that while low energy prices created risk for investment in new power projects, renewable energy was "the most financially viable in the long term". Coronavirus travel restrictions are forecast to slash global energy demand by 6 per cent this year, seven times more than during the global financial crisis, according to the International Energy Agency. Coal is anticipated to bear the brunt with an 8 per cent drop, while renewable energy's very low operating costs had enabled it to expand market share. EnergyAustralia – one of the largest power providers and the owner of Yallourn – said ensuring the market was equipped to handle the exit of coal power plants in the coming years and filling the gap with affordable and reliable power "isn't engineering, it's planning".


"In the next two decades, around a dozen coal-fired power stations that currently provide more than half of the National Electricity Market’s demand will close," EnergyAustralia executive Liz Westcott said. Renewables were the obvious substitute, she said, "but we still need other technologies" such as hydro, large-scale batteries and gas for cloudy and windless days when conditions for renewables were unfavourable. AGL, which operates coal, gas and renewable energy generators, said the "long-term drivers" for investment in renewables, including customer-driven demand, were unchanged by the economic impact of the coronavirus downturn. The Clean Energy Council, a renewable energy group, said investors had given the green light to an unprecedented number of new renewable energy projects in 2017-18, many of which were now approaching completion. Its chief executive, Kane Thornton, called on policymakers to "plan and prepare" for the shift. "Whether that's investing in the grid, reforming the energy market, or we support those communities that are going to be impacted – it's a reminder that we really need to be much more strategic and plan for the inevitable transition that is now underway."


The Australian Energy Market Operator said that within five years, the main grid could accommodate far more energy than previously thought possible – up to 75 per cent at peak times. NSW Energy Minister Matt Kean said private investment in renewables "remains strong" with about 18.4 gigawatts of large-scale renewable projects in NSW either approved or progressing through our planning system. "These projects represent about $24.7 billion in private sector investment," Mr Kean said. Victorian Energy Minister Lily D'Ambrosio said the state was investing an "unprecedented amount in renewable projects" and was on track to reach its 25 per cent renewable target by the end of the year. The falling cost of renewables is paving the way for private investment into large scale renewable projects. The International Renewable Energy Agency’s Power Generation report for 2019, released this week, found the average cost of electricity from large scale solar plants in Australia fell by 78 per cent between 2010 and 2019.


https://www.brisbanetimes.com.au/business/the-economy/surging-renewables-covid-19-pile-more-pressure-on-coal-20200603-p54z4d.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjBlMDRkYTQxNmY2YWRlMjY6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGG1DyfmEWgWaMjm-7G6EQEb3vlC

Back to Top

Coal import drops by 20% to nearly 19 million tonnes in May, says report

The country’s coal import dropped by 20 per cent to 18.93 million tonnes (MT) last month, industry data showed.


The government is planning to bring the country’s ‘avoidable coal imports’ to zero by 2023-24. Demand for coal import is expected to remain subdued in the short-term given the high coal stock levels in pithead and power plants, according to mjunction.


The coal import in May last year stood at 23.57 MT, it said. mjunction -- a joint venture between Tata Steel and SAIL -- is a B2B e-commerce company that also publishes research reports on coal and steel verticals. However, coal import during last month through the major and non-major ports is estimated to have increased by 10.76 per cent over April 2020, according to a provisional compilation by mjunction services limited, based on monitoring of vessels’ positions and data received from shipping companies.


“The slight uptick in May imports over the previous month might have resulted from the partial re-start of operations in some sectors as well as the continued softness in coal prices in the international markets. “However, given the high coal stock levels in pithead and power plants, we expect import demand to remain subdued in the short-term,” mjunction MD and CEO Vinaya Varma said.


Import of coal in May stood at 18.93 MT (provisional) as compared to 17.09 MT (revised) in April 2020, mjunction said. Of the total imports last month, the import of non-coking coal was at 13.22 MT, against 12.28 MT in April.


Coking coal imports were at 3.81 MT in May, up from 3.23 MT imported a month ago.


During April-May, total coal import was at 36.02 MT, registering a decline of 27.83 per cent from 49.90 MT imported during the same period of the previous year.


During April-May, non-coking coal imports stood at 25.50 MT, from 35.35 MT imported during April-May 2019.


Coking coal imports were at 7.04 MT during April-May, down from 8.77 MT earlier.


Coal India Ltd (CIL), which accounts for over 80 per cent of the domestic fuel output, has been mandated by the government to replace at least 100 MT of imports with domestically-produced coal in the ongoing fiscal.


The Centre had earlier asked power generating companies, including NTPC, Tata Power and Reliance Power, to reduce import of the dry fuel for blending purposes and replace it with domestic coal.


The power sector is a key coal consumer.


Prime Minister Narendra Modi had also given directions to target thermal coal import substitution, particularly when huge coal stock inventory is available in the country this year.


Coal Minister Pralhad Joshi had earlier written to state chief ministers asking them not to import coal and take domestic supply from CIL, which has the fuel in abundance.


The country’s coal imports increased marginally by 3.2 per cent to 242.97 MT in 2019-20.


https://www.hindustantimes.com/business-news/coal-import-drops-by-20-to-nearly-19-million-tonnes-in-may-says-report/story-KCo9yQRK7XlIz6MHsFVlXI.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjc4YzcxMDA3MjAzOTRjMmU6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNGVSEjl_feIS6tbpq2t7xUK0uYjJ

Back to Top

Steel mills revive production in May

After an unprecedented fall in domestic steel production in April due to the covid-led lockdown, large Indian steelmakers increased production in May. Preliminary numbers from two large firms, JSW Steel Ltd and Jindal Steel and Power Ltd (JSPL), and industry estimates for others, suggest that average capacity utilization improved to 75%. However, steel companies are exporting the bulk of products, while selling at a discount in India to boost sales, and profit margins are under pressure.


JSW Steel ramped up its average capacity utilization to 83% in May, up from 38% in April. Crude steel production was at 1.248 million tonnes, up 122% over April, but lower than the 1.453 million tonnes in May 2019. The bulk was flat steel products, accounting for 905,000 tonnes.


JSPL continued to outperform in May. It recorded its highest ever standalone steel sales of 640,000 tonnes, up 28% year-on-year. For JSPL, too, exports kept the mills running. Out of the 640,000 tonnes, 401,000 tonnes were exported. Consolidated steel sales stood at 797,000 tonnes, growing 26% year-on-year. Other large steel players in India have also recovered from a dismal April. Steel Authority of India operated at 55%, even as it struggled to offload nearly 2 million tonnes of an inventory backlog by boosting exports and forging new relationships with customers abroad.


https://www.hindustantimes.com/business-news/steel-mills-revive-production-in-may/story-XpRc9QNFaQYnjVTQ4NwYXM.html&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjZiM2EyN2M4MTQ0NDQ2OTE6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNHptHgju5sn7xaO_Wop384UyQzsl

Back to Top

IREPAS: Hints of optimism in global longs market despite continued instability

The global steel export market is expected to shrink further amid spreading protectionism, according to the latest monthly report from IREPAS, the global association of producers and exporters of long steel products. The EU recently launched antidumping investigation on HRC imports from Turkey and Turkey retaliated with duties on steel products from the EU. Canada started a similar investigation against imports of heavy plates from several countries, while Egypt has been working on a 10 percent duty. Accordingly, IREPAS said the world market is shrinking further and Russian mills are taking the lead and dominating the market, which the association says will be a “real game of survival for a while” with cost of production as the key market factor.


As for global longs consumption, IREPAS said prices are heading up, particularly in Asia, but consumption forecasts remain uncertain. Demand for physical steel is held up by the optimism in the futures market, which IREPAS said is somewhat worrying for the supply and demand situation in the market if the support from the futures market were to weaken. On the bright side, despite the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic the World Steel Association (worldsteel) in its recent report still foresees an increase in steel demand in China in the current year, predicting a rise of one percent from 2019 to 916.5 million mt. This helps restrict the fall in global steel demand in 2020 to an anticipated drop of 6.4 percent, whereas demand in the rest of the world excluding China is foreseen to contract by 14.2 percent compared to 2019. Meanwhile, IREPAS holds that market players are hoping June and July will be months of stabilization before a recovery later in the year.


In Latin America, Brazilian crude steel production continued to fall in April amid the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic. The country’s crude and rolled steel outputs in April fell by 39 percent and 36 percent, respectively, while semi-finished steel output declined by 24 percent, all year-on-year, according to the Brazilian Institute of Steel (IABr). Domestic steel sales in April decreased by 36 percent year on year, in line with apparent consumption of steel products which collapsed by 35 percent. Due to the adverse conditions in the international market, Brazilian steel exports fell by 17 percent year on year. These data demonstrate the seriousness of the demand crisis that the Brazilian steel industry is facing, IREPAS said, which led it to operate with only 42.2 percent of its installed capacity in April. As a result, in the first four months of the year Brazil’s crude steel production fell by 14 percent year-on-year to 10 million mt. The output of finished steel products contracted by 9 percent year-on-year to 7.1 million mt due to the decrease in apparent consumption in the period under review (down 9 percent to 6.2 million mt). In the January-April period, Brazil’s steel imports contracted by 18 percent to 705,000 mt, while its steel exports fell by five percent year on year to 4.1 million mt.


In Europe, the construction sector has been hit harder than expected by the Covid-19 crisis, and new building permits in May were substantially lower than in March and April as many projects have either been put on hold or stopped. The public sector still has big infrastructure projects in the pipeline, IREPAS said, but since the Covid-19 crisis has kept everybody at home for almost three months, these projects have been delayed significantly. EU-based mills are reportedly selling “hand to mouth” as buyers will only order what they need and wait for prices to fall further. Italian mills are selling at almost any price to collect cash, and this has pulled the market downwards. The same goes in Poland where mills are pushing clients into placing orders by lowering their prices almost daily. At the same time, scrap prices have increased, which IREPAS said is a “toxic combination” for cut-and-benders and the mills. The biggest threat for importers is the ongoing discussions in Brussels on the reevaluation of safeguard measures.


In the scrap sector, demand in the ferrous scrap market has recovered and the raw material inventories that were depleted have had to be rebuilt as the markets have been opening up after the lockdowns, IREPAS said. Activity has been general and has taken the markets by surprise.


Stimulus packages around the world are also acting as fuel, IREPAS reports. There are concerted efforts to avoid a U- or L-shaped economic rebound, with a V-shaped rebound being what the financial markets are seeking. Finally, normalization procedures have been initiated in many countries, with automotive sectors back in business in various countries, including the US, EU and Turkey.


As for China, which IREPAS says has acted as a powerhouse in the past month for commodities, industrial activity in the country returned to normal in May. The quick return of Chinese companies to the market and China becoming an importer have been very positive factors, IREPAS said.


However, Japanese mills have announced a production cut of approximately 20 million mt, which IREPAS said is not a positive development for them but does represent good news for other exporters in the global market.


In summary, IREPAS noted difficulties in talking about the existence of global market amid all the aforementioned conditions. IREPAS said there will be 100 percent self-sufficiency in Asia in the medium term, with exporters soon “wandering in search of the next market.” Every producer outside of China is struggling with insufficient volumes, IREPAS said, and under such circumstances, competition can come from anywhere at any time. The mills in many countries have to follow what the Russian mills are offering in the market and then to decide whether they can compete.


Overall, IREPAS said the current status of the market is clearly unstable, as markets continue to assess the damages from the Covid-19 pandemic and the future remains very much uncertain. But, IREPAS said, at least investors and industries are showing optimism.


https://www.steelorbis.com/steel-news/latest-news/irepas-hints-of-optimism-in-global-longs-market-despite-continued-instability-1149334.htm&ct=ga&cd=CAIyHGI5NzRkOTUwMzk1NGM1NmE6Y28udWs6ZW46R0I&usg=AFQjCNGlt4NX4x9xfiJd4QAUaEC2Wb00o

Back to Top

India’s coking coal imports decline by 24 percent in April-May

India’s coking coal import traffic through all its major ports in the April-May period this year was recorded at 7.477 million mt, down 24 percent year on year, according to the data sourced from the Indian Ports Association (IPA).


The fall in imports was despite the fact that Bharat Coking Coal Limited (BCCL), wholly-owned operational subsidiary of state-run Coal India Limited (CIL) and the country’s sole supplier of coking coal, reported one of its worst off-takes in May.


According to BCCL officials, the off-take of domestic coking coal in May this year was 1.21 million mt, down 53 percent from the corresponding month of the previous year.


Indian steel mills have reduced their purchases of coking coal due to the slump in crude steel production because of the spread of Covid-19 and the national lockdown. Some major steelmakers were forced to lower their capacity utilization rate to 30 percent in May.


IPA data showed that port traffic of iron ore lumps, fines and pellets (for exports) in the April-May period this year was recorded at 9.14 million mt, up 14 percent year on year.


https://www.steelorbis.com/steel-news/latest-news/indias-coking-coal-imports-decline-by-24-percent-in-april_may-1149372.htm&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGjc4YzcxMDA3MjAzOTRjMmU6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNG3DhPtR4G2En_oOQmylYXOiAsNO

Back to Top

Smart Mining Market is Expected to Reach US$ 38.5 Bn in 2027 : Business Development Strategies by Top Industry Players are ABB, Alastri, Atlas Copco, Caterpillar, Cisco Systems

The Insight Partners analysts forecasts the latest report on “Global Smart Mining Market (Covid-19) Impact and Analysis by 2027”, according to report; The Smart Mining Market report covers the overall and all-inclusive analysis of Market with all its factors that have an impact on market growth. This report is anchored on the thorough qualitative and quantitative assessment of the Smart Mining Market.

The Smart Mining Market Accounted For US$ 9.8 Billion In 2019 And Is Expected To Grow At A CAGR Of 18.9% Over The Forecast Period 2020-2027, To Account For US$ 38.5 Billion By 2027.

The study provides details such as the market share, Market Insights, Strategic Insights, Segmentation and key players in the Smart Mining Market.

Get Sample Report of Smart Mining Market Report @ https://bit.ly/3f1vxfY

Smart mines with already incorporated technologies can automate their operations quickly than those who are lagging in technological adoption. By the implementation of advanced technologies, mining operators can expand their current wireless network of embedded sensors. For instance, the installation of automation software enables the operator to monitor static and moving assets remotely and program automated interaction between both. 77% of mining companies are in the beginning stage of their digital transformation journey, most of the mining companies have already taken significant initiatives to introduce IIoT in operation. For instance, the Bulgarian Chelopech, an underground gold, and copper mine, operated by Canadian firm Dundee Precious Metals, is adopting modernization, digitization, and introduction of a mobile IP network (with companies such as Dassault Systèmes GEOVIA, Sandvik, and Cisco for the connectivity and network part) for uninterrupted and productive services. The introduction of IIoT helps to attain an increase in production, better and cheaper communication possibilities, real-time maintenance, fast productivity data, better collaboration, and instant resolution of issues. This is one of the leading trends in the smart mining market, which adds to the safety of miners on-site.

Increasing demand for minerals and metals leads to increasing the expansion of mining activity that drives the growth of the smart mining market. Rising adoption of autonomous equipment, increased concerns about safety and security, growing environmental concerns are boosting the growth of the smart mining market. Furthermore, smart mining technology is considerably safer and environment-friendly as compared to the traditional mining technology.

Note – The Covid-19 (coronavirus) pandemic is impacting society and the overall economy across the world. The impact of this pandemic is growing day by day as well as affecting the supply chain. The COVID-19 crisis is creating uncertainty in the stock market, massive slowing of supply chain, falling business confidence, and increasing panic among the customer segments. The overall effect of the pandemic is impacting the production process of several industries. This report on ‘Smart Mining Market’ provides the analysis on impact on Covid-19 on various business segments and country markets. The reports also showcase market trends and forecast to 2027, factoring the impact of Covid -19 Situation.

Our Sample Report Accommodate a Brief Introduction of the research report, TOC, List of Tables and Figures, Competitive Landscape and Geographic Segmentation, Innovation and Future Developments Based on Research Methodology

The reports cover key developments in the Smart Mining Market as organic and inorganic growth strategies. Various companies are focusing on organic growth strategies such as product launches, product approvals and others such as patents and events. Inorganic growth strategies activities witnessed in the market were acquisitions, and partnership & collaborations. These activities have paved way for the expansion of business and customer base of market players.

Some of the Key Players Profiled in the report study include ABB Ltd., Alastri, Atlas Copco, Caterpillar Inc., Cisco Systems Inc., Hexagon AB, Hitachi Construction Machinery Co. Ltd., Komatsu Mining Corporation, Rockwell Automation, Inc., and Trimble.

The report analyses factors affecting the Smart Mining Market from further evaluates market dynamics affecting the market during the forecast period i.e., drivers, restraints, opportunities, and future trend. The report also provides exhaustive PEST analysis for all five regions namely; North America, Europe, APAC, MEA, and South America after evaluating political, economic, social and technological factors affecting the Smart Mining Market in these regions.

Moreover, the report entails the estimate and analysis for the Smart Mining Market on a global as well as regional level. The study provides historical data as well as the trending features and future predictions of the market growth. Further, the report encompasses drivers and restraints for the Smart Mining Market growth along with its impact on the overall market development. In addition, the report provides an analysis of the accessible avenues in the market on a global level.

Purchase a copy of Smart Mining Market research report @ https://bit.ly/3f6Llhq

The below pointers highlight the impact of COVID-19 in the smart mining market:

• Demand for jet fuel has decreased, and light natural gas prices have dropped to a record low, and are likely to curtail US production.

• Since the smart mining industry is highly globalized and based on commodity prices, it is projected to be one of Canada's hardest-hit industries. A decrease in Chinese raw material demand would push down global oil and gas prices. Demand for jet fuel has already declined, and prices for natural gas have dropped to a record low. This will curtail production in Canada.

• Iron ore mining is expected to be significantly disrupted, as virtually all exports of New Zealand iron ore are shipped to Chinese steel refineries. Before the outbreak, exports were expected to account for 38.2 per cent of revenue in the Iron Ore Mining industry. It is also expected that coal exports will be greatly affected, as China accounted for 17.3 percent of New Zealand coal exports.

• In February, 2020, India’s coal imports decreased from 14.1% to 17.01 million tons (MT) following the coronavirus outbreak.

• The effect of COVID-19 is expected to be major and direct for the Australian Mining industry. The curtailment of manufacturing activity in China has resulted in a fall in commodity prices particularly for crude oil, copper, iron ore and other industrial commodities.

• COVID-19 could affect steel demand by impeding manufacturing operation or by potentially closing Chinese smelters due to quarantine needs. Either of these factors could reduce the demand for iron ore and black coal significantly, posing a major threat to the miners


https://www.openpr.com/news/2071207/smart-mining-market-is-expected-to-reach-us-38-5-bn-in-2027&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmM4M2EyMmUwMWZlNTViZGM6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNHt0aqcWZl-pbUt_g9_sQjMIcrT5

Back to Top

Vale raises alert for three more tailings dams

It said the populations downstream of the dams - 6 and 7A at the Aguas Claras mine at Nova Lima and the Area IX dam at the Fábrica mine in Ouro Preto - did not need to be evacuated.


"The decision to raise the level of emergency is a preventive measure until the technical analysis of the structures is completed," Vale said.


It did not expect any impact on its 2020 production plan, which has forecast 310-330 million tonnes of iron ore fines.


The announcement is the latest in a series of emergency level protocols being activated for Vale dams, with the miner's facilities under increased scrutiny since the Brumadinho tailings dam collapse in January 2019 which killed 270 people and caused widespread damage.


The miner has announced plans to significantly reduce its use of dams and is aiming for dry processing to account for 70% of iron ore production by 2022.


Vale is meanwhile facing pressure on other fronts, ordered earlier this month to close its Itabira complex which accounts for about 10% of production due to an outbreak of COVID-19.


The iron price has strengthened and Jefferies analyst Christopher LaFemina said this week the risk to the iron ore price remained to the upside, given the possibility of other mine closures due to the uncontrolled spread of the virus in Brazil.


https://www.miningmagazine.com/geomechanics-ground-control/news/1388687/vale-raises-alert-for-three-more-tailings-dams&ct=ga&cd=CAIyGmM4M2EyMmUwMWZlNTViZGM6Y29tOmVuOkdC&usg=AFQjCNEUuABq4ZjHXTT6Z4GMBA6V3oAU9

Back to Top

Company Incorporated in England and Wales, Partnership number OC344951 Registered address: Commodity Intelligence LLP The Wellsprings Wellsprings Brightwell-Cum-Sotwell Oxford OX10 0RN.

Commodity Intelligence LLP is Authorised and Regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority.

The material is based on information that we consider reliable, but we do not guarantee that it is accurate or complete, and it should not be relied on as such. Opinions expressed are our current opinions as of the date appearing on this material only.

Officers and employees, including persons involved in the preparation or issuance of this material may from time to time have 'long' or 'short' positions in the securities of companies mentioned herein. No part of this material may be redistributed without the prior written consent of Commodity Intelligence LLP.

© 2025 - Commodity Intelligence LLP